Featured

What Makes AvantStay Different?

Welcome to AvantStay! We believe you deserve so much more than an ordinary short-term vacation rental experience. But what makes AvantStay different? We’re all about what you can dream. Every travel experience should be one-of-a-kind, delightful, and stress-free. We shine with our attention to detail, commitment to customer service, hotel-quality amenities, and upgrades and experiences that help ensure every stay with us is more memorable than the last. In choosing us, you’re not just choosing another short-term rental company—you’re choosing an elevated experience.

Homes Catered To Groups

AvantStay home catered to groups for vacation rental

We have homes of all types, but most of our homes are best experienced with friends and family. Large We have homes of all types, but most of our homes are best experienced with friends and family. Large dining areas, state-of-the-art kitchens, and yards great for gatherings make getting together with all your loved ones a breeze. Plus, plenty of bedrooms (many with their own bathrooms) means no one’s sleeping on the couch this time.

An Elevated Experience

AvantStay dedicated concierges on vacation rental

With luxurious upgrades and experiences available at the touch of a button, you can let your imagination run wild when it comes to trip activities. To start, our app gives you front-row access to services you would expect at a five-star hotel — in-room massages, mid-stay cleanings, and private transportation. But, when you stay with us, the sky’s the limit! From booking a private chef to prepare dinner for the family, to pre-stocking your fridge with groceries before you arrive, the AvantStay app makes it easier than ever to make your vacation dreams a reality.

Award-Winning Design

AvantStay's interior design is custom for every home

As travelers ourselves, we know how crucial the interior design of a home can be when planning the vacation of your dreams. We’ve actually built an in-house interior design team. And it’s not just any interior design team—they’ve actually won awards for it, including best design from Marriott Homes & Villas in 2021. We make sure our homes match the vibe of your trip, whether it be on the coast or in the woods, so you’re fully immersed in the magic of your vacation. 

Our homes are also decked out with amenities, so you’ll never be sitting around wondering what to do next. From cornhole to board games, from billiards to the hot tub, we believe fun comes in all shapes and sizes and is best experienced with your loved ones. The amenities for each home are different (our estates collection has some truly awe-inspiring ones), but we can promise that you will never be bored. 

Customer Service By Humans, For Humans

Firepit at AvantStay's Buena Vista property

Our dedicated area managers are here to make sure your experience is delightful. We also have team members available 24/7, so even if you need something in the middle of the night, we’re there to help. That way, you aren’t at the whim of the homeowner’s availability and you won’t get a computer trying to help you in a crisis. We want every aspect of your experience to be as relaxing as possible, because that’s why you go on vacation in the first place.

Happy Homeowners

Woman lounging at an AvantStay property

On top of the personal relationship we keep with our guests, we also take deep care and thoughtful steps to ensure our homeowners feel proud and reassured when their property is in our hands. 

We pride ourselves on:

  • Best-in-class in-field operations
  • Smart-home technology to keep our homes and guests safe
  • Complimentary updated interior design
  • A proprietary software platform that manages it all and keeps homeowners informed

We care for these homes as though they were our own (some are even employee-owned), and we continue to build and grow sustainably to build value for our homeowners. If you’re interested in partnering with us, you can learn more about our Vacation Rental Management

While most of our properties are homes designed for group travel as mentioned above, we also have cozier rentals and even boutique hotels, because sometimes you just want to get away without the crowd. Most importantly, we’re ever-growing to fit the needs of the modern-day traveler, meaning we’re adding new properties in new destinations all the time. 

So, where will you go next?

AvantStay Unveils The Rosalie, a Newly Reimagined Boutique Hotel in Palm Springs

Formerly The Wesley, the refreshed property introduces a new identity, redesigned accommodations and an enhanced desert retreat experience.

PALM SPRINGS, Calif., September 10, 2026  – AvantStay, the premier hospitality platform redefining group travel, today announced the debut of The Rosalie by AvantStay, a newly reimagined boutique hotel in Palm Springs formerly known as The Wesley.

Located at 711 S. Riverside Drive, The Rosalie combines the privacy and ease of a residential stay with the shared spaces and social energy of a boutique hotel. The new name and identity follow a property-wide renovation completed in August 2026, introducing refreshed interiors, upgraded outdoor spaces and a new design vision inspired by the color, warmth and effortless spirit of Palm Springs.

“The Rosalie represents a fresh chapter for this special property,” said Chloe Buss, Director of Operations, Hotel and Multifamily Portfolio. “Our goal was to create a welcoming desert escape where slow mornings, sun-soaked afternoons and memorable moments with friends unfold naturally.”

The renovation transformed guest rooms with new bed frames, headboards, mattresses, rugs, lighting, artwork, mirrors, seating and refreshed finishes. Kitchens and private patios received updated furnishings and design details, while the pool and courtyard were revitalized with new lounge seating, umbrellas, side tables, a hammock and firepit chairs. Additional improvements include a new putting area, refreshed landscaping and concrete finishes, and new signage throughout the property.

Together, these updates create a distinctly new guest environment while retaining the intimate scale and laid-back appeal travelers have long appreciated about the location.

The Rosalie reopened following the completed renovation on August 15, 2026, and officially debuted under its new name on September 10, 2026. The hotel’s updated photography and visual identity now reflect the property’s brighter, more contemporary take on classic Palm Springs style.

The Rosalie is now welcoming guests for relaxed getaways, group trips and celebratory stays in the heart of the desert.

For more information and reservations, visit https://avantstay.com/hotels/palm-springs-hotels/296360/the-rosalie or follow @therosaliehotel on Instagram.

About AvantStay

AvantStay is the largest and highest-rated luxury vacation rental management company in the U.S. With a diverse portfolio of more than 3,000 premier properties across 65 markets, AvantStay delivers exceptional travel experiences while helping owners earn more with less effort. In 2019, AvantStay became one of the initial twelve partners of Homes & Villas by Marriott International and is now the preferred villa provider for Capital One cardholders. AvantStay was founded by experienced real estate and technology entrepreneurs Sean Breuner and Reuben Doetsch. For more information about AvantStay, visit https://www.avantstay.com

22 Best Things To Do in Temecula

Temecula Valley is a popular day-trip destination for Southern California wine enthusiasts. The area’s gentle, rolling hills, lush greenery, and rich wine culture are better appreciated during a long weekend or extended getaway. There’s a lot to enjoy in this hidden Inland Empire gem, so round up your closest pals and discover the 22 best things to do in Temecula.

Award-winning, small-batch vintages from over 50 nearby wineries are waiting for you and your crew to sample them. Given SoCal’s year-round perfect weather, there’s no bad time to sip on Malbec or Petite Sirah Rose while watching hot air balloons drift overhead and dot the horizon.

Of course, you don’t need to drink to enjoy Temecula. Quaint antique shops and offbeat boutiques line the streets, waiting for you and your crew to browse inside or just pose for photos for the ‘gram outside the historic, Western-style buildings. Plus, once you’ve done enough exploring, there’s no shortage of soaking tubs in the area’s numerous spas. After a day of touring vineyards and trekking across hiking trails, a massage table or hot tub is the perfect end-of-day destination.

Munch Your Way Through A Smorgasbord of Dining Options

restaurants in temecula

1. Indulge in Spanish Flavors at Bolero at Europa Village

Located on more than 45 acres of rolling hills in the Temecula Valley, Bolero at Europa Village is the first of three distinct stops within Europa Village. Complete with a boutique, a Spanish-inspired restaurant, and a beautiful wine cave and tasting room, it’s the perfect place to engulf yourself in local culture. Bolero Restaurante serves breakfast, lunch, and dinner with menus to celebrate the centuries-old tradition of tapas. Shareable plates include seafood, steak, roasted vegetables, olives, European cheeses, and charcuterie.

For the perfect home base near Europa Village, consider a stay at Bordeaux by AvantStay.

2. Enjoy Casual Bites and Drinks at The Cantina at Bolero

On the more casual side, The Cantina at Bolero is a rustic bar offering tapas, house wines, private-label beer, and cocktails. Best of all are the options, totaling 13 indoor and outdoor venues within the resort’s 15,315 square feet.

After enjoying the tapas and drinks at The Cantina, unwind at Merlot by AvantStay, a comfortable retreat located just a short drive away.

3. Savor Gourmet Cuisine with a View at Altisima Winery’s Gaspar’s Restaurant

Altisima Winery‘s tasting room offers magnificent, must-see views, courtesy of its hillside site. This legacy winery is in partnership with eight local families. Wine isn’t the only thing on the menu, though. Gaspar’s Restaurant, named after Spanish explorer Gaspar de Portola, is part of the winery, featuring a gourmet menu for dining indoors and outdoors.

For a charming and comfortable retreat with easy access to Altisima Winery and its stunning vistas, consider booking Chardonnay Charm by AvantStay.

4. Dine Bistro-Style in Old Town at Small Barn

In Old Town Temecula, Small Barn restaurant serves bistro-style menu selections in The Antique Cottage’s former home on Old Town Front Street. The owners hired former Top Chef contestant Angelo Sosa as culinary director to create charcuterie, salads, and soups.

Enjoying the bistro-style delights at Small Barn in Old Town Temecula? Retreat to the nearby tranquility of De Luz!

5. Experience Authentic Italian Cuisine at Bottega Italia

Bottega Italia offers a touch of Italy without international travel. The Prestifilippo family prides itself on authentic and quality products and five-star service. Using fresh and sustainable ingredients in classic recipes, perhaps the most valued item on the menu is Chef Gimmy Piperku’s pizza.

For a welcoming and comfortable stay near the authentic Italian flavors of Bottega Italia, consider a stay at Casa del Arbol.

6. Share Delicious Plates at Oscars Brewing Company

The menu at Oscars Brewing Company (OBC) is designed for foodies who love sharing. Executive Chef Nick Tall takes pride in creating a balance of healthy and decadent menu options. OBC is a scratch kitchen and bakery that supports local farms, non-GMO produce, humane agriculture, and sustainable food sources while reducing the carbon footprint by using biodegradable and compostable materials. This eatery is open for brunch, lunch, and dinner, as well as indoor and outdoor dining.

Extend your Temecula experience beyond the delicious offerings of Oscars Brewing Company with a stay at the conveniently located Grand Contento.

7. Excite Your Palate with Charcuterie at Grazing Theory

If you love quality charcuterie and nosh time with a cheese board front and center, Grazing Theory is for you. Owner Gina LaMora elevates the experience in presentations meant to wow. If you’re seeking to entertain a group, you can schedule a Wine & Cheese Pairing Charcuterie Workshop. Several wineries in Temecula offer mini charcuterie boxes and pre-ordered boards for wine tasting, including Doffo Winery, Akash Winery, Danza del Sol Winery, Peltzer Winery, Vitagliano Winery, and Batch Mead.

Order to-go delivery to picnic at a winery or wherever you’re staying, such as the AvantStay Palazzo Del Sol, where you can enjoy dinner on the upstairs veranda deck while gazing out at the home’s beautiful mountain views.

8. Taste Local Brews at Temecula Brewing Company

Temecula Brewing Company, located in Vail Headquarters, began in a garage. Today, the brand has grown, and its logo pays homage to Temecula Valley’s ranching history with the traditional cattle skull. The arrows represent the Luiseño people of the Temecula Valley region, and the wheat ends of the arrows speak to the craft of brewing, as does the hop head symbol on the skull.

Looking for a charming place to stay after enjoying the history and brews at Temecula Brewing Company? Summit Ranch by AvantStay offers a wonderful option in the heart of wine country, with a private vineyard and infinity pool just beyond the back porch.

Get Your Thrills at the Outdoor Activities in Temecula

outdoor activities in temecula

9. Explore Temecula Wine Country by E-Bike

Temecula Wine Country E-Bike Rentals allows you to pedal at your own pace to enjoy the trails and explore the region. These state-of-the-art electric bikes are designed for a smooth and easy biking experience along paved and dirt roads. Bring a water bottle and your cell phone to place in the bike’s appointed cage storage. You’ll get your own bike lock, helmet, and maps with your rental, and you have the option to rent a picnic bag.

For a fantastic home base while you pedal your way through Temecula’s vineyards with an e-bike rental, why not book a stay at Villa Verdot?

10. Experience Local Culture at the Starlight Bazaar

Starlight Bazaar at the Vail Headquarters is held on the last Friday of every month from 6-10 p.m. This nighttime festival showcases local music, art, food, and culture.

11. Saddle Up for a Horseback Riding Adventure

Saddle up and channel your inner equestrian at one of these spots to take a horseback ride tour or attend a spectator event:

  • Green Acres Ranch Inc. offers riding lessons and therapeutic riding appointments.
  • Temecula Carriage Co. is the place to reserve a horse-drawn carriage ride or a private dining carriage for dinner.
  • Galway Downs, a race-horse training facility, is also where you’ll want to take in a dressage show. Be sure to check out the upcoming events.
  • Wine Country Trails by Horseback offers riding experiences through the beautiful vineyards of the Temecula Wine Country. Take a 90-minute guided tour along with breathtaking views of the Maurice Car’rie Winery vineyards on docile and gentle horses led by seasoned tour guides.
  • Book your Fine Wine and Horses adventure at Vin Hesten Trail Rides to take a professional horseback riding lesson before an hour-long trail ride with a stop for wine tasting at a partner winery.

12. Try Your Luck at Pechanga Resort and Casino

Feeling lucky? The Pechanga Resort and Casino has the largest casino floor in California and features over 5,000 slot machines, 158 table games, a non-smoking poker room with 38 tables, and an ultra-modern, 700-seat bingo facility. You can also purchase tickets to concerts such as “The Go Go’s,” or grab a seat inside the Comedy Club. Treat your friends to dinner with your big win and enjoy Italian-inspired culinary plates at Paisano’s or slurp a dozen oysters at Umi Sushi & Oyster Bar. Meat eaters will want to book a reservation at The Great Oak Steakhouse before heading back to the roulette table.

Looking for a peaceful escape after a night of fun at Pechanga Resort and Casino? Grapevine is a wonderful option for your Temecula getaway.

13. Discover Local History at the Temecula Valley Museum

Step back in time at the Temecula Valley Museum and experience the rich history of Temecula Valley’s old town from its discovery to today. After stepping back in time, enjoy a comfortable and convenient stay at Cleveland Vista, located just a short drive from Old Town.

14. Tee Off at Temecula Creek Golf Club

Temecula Creek Golf Club is the place to strut your put. Awarded a Four-Star rating from Golf Digest, these three Temecula golf courses offer challenging play in a one-of-a-kind, scenic setting. For golfers seeking a relaxing and convenient stay after a round of golf, consider booking Via del Sur by AvantStay.

15. Take a Breathtaking Hot Air Balloon Ride

Be sure to rise up, up, and away in a hot air balloon ride for a mix of peace and adventure. A gentle sunrise floats above the picturesque rolling hills, and vineyards are available year-round.

  • California Dreamin’ offers a post-landing light European breakfast served in a private rose garden, complete with mimosas and local fare.
  • Magical Adventure balloon rides include a flute of premium champagne, juice, or mimosa to make a toast to the start of a glorious day. Continental breakfast is also part of the package. Nobody leaves without their commemorative flight certificate, complimentary souvenir photo taken by a professional photographer, two-for-one wine-tasting tickets, and more discounts to six local wineries.
  • A Grape Escape adventure begins at sunrise. You’ll be invited to help inflate your beautiful hot air balloon or simply observe others. Once in the basket and in the air, your pilot, a.k.a. “tour guide,” will point out areas of interest and take questions about the region. Once grounded, toast to a successful flight with a mimosa and light breakfast served picnic style in the gardens at Europa Village Winery, and leave with a souvenir certificate of flight.

Sip the Finest at the Best Wineries in Temecula

best wineries in temecula

16. Explore the Calle Contento Wine Trail

Hit the Calle Contento Wine Trail for vino tastings “off the beaten road,” or at least located along a less busy trail off Rancho California Road. Wineries worth the turn off the road include:

  • The Patel family’s Akash Winery, if only for a taste of Dreamville Brosé.
  • Briar Rose Winery, a land of enchantment said to be the first cult winery of Temecula.
  • Turn into Falkner Winery for a taste sure to please your palate, especially considering that 80 percent of the wines on their tasting menu are award-winning.
  • Lumiere Winery is where you can taste a 2017 white merlot, a rare offering in the wine world.
  • Peltzer Family Cellars offers more than a winery, but its wine options are worthy of a stop alone. From Prosecco to Malvasia Bianca, Barbera, and more, the wines aren’t all you’ll find here. This property is land to a pumpkin farm, and there are train rides and live music events to enjoy. Oh, and they also have an ice skating rink open during the winter months, featuring 8,400 square feet of skating space, complimentary gliders, picnic benches, hot cocoa, snacks, local food truck eats, and a bar serving Peltzer wines, of course.
  • Vindemia Vineyard & Estate Winery offers varieties, including a popular “More Cowbell” label with a blend of zinfandel, cabernet, viognier, and syrah. The backdrop to this winery is its 100 olive trees, which they harvest and press for fresh, delicious olive oil, available at certain times of the year.

If you’d like to experience living by a winery, book Wilson Creek Manor for a truly immersive Temecula wine country experience, just a stone’s throw from many of these fantastic vineyards.

Shop ‘Til You Drop in Downtown Temecula

shopping in temecula

17. Shop for Handmade Bath & Body Products at Downtown Apothecary

In the Vail Headquarters historic district, its Downtown Apothecary is the place to purchase small-batch handmade bath and body products. Essential oil blends and sea sponges are among its popular products.

18. Find Unique Treasures at Big Horse Feed & Mercantile

Big Horse Feed & Mercantile began with a few horse-related items and feed for sale, but today, it offers much more than feed. You can find unique items for pets, humans, and your home, and come October, there’s a festival that’s complete with a corn maze.

19. Design Your Dream Furniture at Bucket of Nails

At Vail Headquarters, Bucket of Nails is the go-to place for custom-built furniture and home décor. Want to design your dream table? This is a good place to start!

20. Purchase Alpaca Goods at Temecula Valley Alpacas

Temecula Valley Alpacas is the perfect place to purchase hats, wraps, and more, all handmade from fabric shed by the animals you’ll greet upon entrance.

21. Explore Old Town’s Specialty Shops

Old Town specialty shops worthy of a visit include:

22. Shop Local at Temecula’s Farmers Markets

Farmers’ Markets are held on Saturdays in Old Town, Tuesdays in Vail Headquarters, and Wednesdays in Promenade. Shop here for local produce, artisan, and handcrafted goods.

A visit to Temecula guarantees an authentic, memorable experience, especially if you hit a few items on our list. From locally sourced cuisine and Alpaca-oriented boutiques to vineyard tours and hot air balloon rides overlooking the city, Temecula has it all. Explore Temecula firsthand at one of AvantStay’s Temecula properties.

20 Ultimate Destin Airbnbs for Family Reunions, Friend Retreats & Group Getaways

Planning a beach trip with your favorite people? Bring the whole family, the friend group, or a little bit of both; Destin is where group vacations go very right. But let’s be honest—finding a place big enough for everyone can be tricky. Plus, don’t get us started with the things and activities you can do while staying in! 

But we know this and expected that everyone would want private pools, epic bunk rooms, big kitchens, and backyard hangout zones. That’s why we’ve rounded up our top 20 Destin Airbnbs that were practically made for group getaways. 

If you are ready to make this the trip everyone talks about for years, let’s find your beach base.

Tidal Wave

Tidal Wave is here for your summer fun involving beach days, pool hangs, and a house big enough for the whole gang. Just a short walk from the sugar-white sands of the Gulf, this coastal home is basically your personal launchpad for sun-soaked days and breezy nights, where the vibe is always on, and your biggest decision of the day is pool or beach (or both).

Why Book This Home for Summer: It’s the ultimate group getaway house—spacious, stylish, and steps from the beach. Tidal Wave makes sure everyone has their moment, even if you’re in cannonball or cocktail-on-the-patio. 

  • Sleeps 16 guests with 7 bedrooms and 9 beds
  • Private pool, hot tub, firepit & hammock with Adirondack chairs
  • Fully stocked kitchen with bar seating and two dining areas
  • Outdoor living space with BBQ grill
  • Short walk to the beach and close to Destin shops & restaurants
  • Pet-friendly (additional fee)

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Miramar Dream House

You know that dream you have where you’re poolside with your favorite people, someone’s mixing drinks at the tiki bar, and the kids are fully entertained for hours without needing a screen? Yeah—Miramar Dream House is that dream. If your crew’s the type to turn every beach trip into a memory-packed event, this is the one.

Why Book This Home for Summer: Ideal for groups, buzzing with personality, and close enough to the beach that sandy feet are basically inevitable.

  • Sleeps 18 guests with 7 bedrooms and 11 beds
  • Private pool, hot tub, and backyard tiki bar
  • Game room with arcade, bowling table, board games & more
  • Indoor exercise equipment is available
  • The driveway can accommodate a maximum of 7 to 8 cars
  • Pet-friendly with an additional fee

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Blue Surf Lane

Your summer HQ for beach days, lazy poolside lounging, and low-key evenings–welcome to Blue Surf Lane! Tucked into a quiet corner of Miramar Beach, this coastal gem brings all the good vacation vibes of sunny poolside afternoons, grill nights under the stars, and that “let’s stay one more day” energy.

Why Book This Home for Summer: Built for good times with your favorite people, that has big open spaces, a resort-style backyard, and all the little comforts that make summer feel infinite.

  • Sleeps 14 guests with 6 bedrooms and 9 beds
  • Private pool, fire pit, and backyard lounge area
  • Full kitchen with bar seating and spacious indoor dining
  • 5-minute drive or golf cart ride to the beach
  • Pet-friendly (with additional fee)
  • Garage and driveway parking

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Destin Dream

If you’re into serious beach energy but also want room to spread out and do your thing, Destin Dream totally gets it. This two-level gem gives you twice the kitchens, twice the hangout spots, and just the right mix of chill and fun—perfect for multi-family escapes, friend groups, or reunions where everyone’s doing vacation their way.

Why Book This Home for Summer: Two full floors, one awesome location, and all the room your crew needs to eat, play, and relax without ever feeling crowded. When it comes to doing summer right? This house does it.

  • Sleeps 15 guests with 5 bedrooms and 8 beds
  • Two separate floors, each with full kitchens and living areas
  • Private hot tub, grill, patios, and balconies
  • Washer, dryer, arcade machine
  • Just a 6-minute walk to Miramar Beach
  • Walkable to coffee, restaurants, and shops

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Luau Eastern Sky

If you’re dreaming of an intimate beach trip that starts with palm trees and ends with a waterfall pool, start small with Luau Eastern Sky is your spot. This bright and breezy king studio sits inside Sandestin Resort, just a 2-minute flip-flop walk to the sand—close enough to feel the ocean breeze before you’ve even unpacked your sunscreen.

Why Book This Home for Summer: Resort perks and private comfort, with the beach literally down the block. Whether you’re team lounge-by-the-pool or team ocean-all-day, you’re never far from the fun (or your next frozen drink).

  • Sleeps 4 guests with 1 bedroom and 2 beds
  • Just a 2–3 minute walk to Miramar Beach
  • Access to a newly upgraded resort pool with waterfall and loungers
  • Full kitchen for quick meals and beach snack prep
  • Located within Sandestin with pickleball, golf & more on-site
  • Ideal for couples or small families who want fun + convenience

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Miramar Beach Jewel

This place is part beach house, part grown-up summer camp—and we mean that in the best way. At Miramar Beach Jewel, you’ve got space for your whole crew where it’s bright, fun, and has that instant vacation feeling from the second you walk in. Pack the crew and roll up—summer starts now!

Why Book This Home for Summer: It’s got everything a big crew could want—private pool, sunshine-soaked patio, arcade games for the kids, and stylish, beachy interiors that make it feel like your very own slice of vacation magic.

  • Sleeps 18 guests with 7 bedrooms and 11 beds
  • Backyard with private pool, string lights, and patio dining
  • Kid-friendly bunk room with arcade games, board games, and more
  • Has a private pool with heating option (additional fee)
  • Gated neighborhood, walkable to Miramar Beach in 10 mins
  • Bright, shiplap interiors with cozy furnishings throughout

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Carmine

Summer mode: officially activated. When it’s time to hit the beach, there’s no need to haul your stuff on foot—just hop on to Carmine where you can fully relax, play, and repeat.  Fully refreshed from top to bottom, this bright and breezy beach retreat will want you to grab your sunnies and toss your flip-flops by the door. 

Why Book This Home for Summer: Chill by the lagoon pool, trolley to the beach, and still have space for the whole group to spread out. Remodeled, relaxing, and ready to roll, where group texts get fired up and sunscreen is packed early.

  • Sleeps 14 guests with 6 bedrooms and 9 beds
  • Private balconies with pool views
  • Front patio with a BBQ grill
  • Updated interior with new furniture, lighting & floors
  • Full kitchen with bar seating and open-concept living area
  • Seasonal trolley to Pompano Street Beach Access (with beach gear!)

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Backyard Beach

default

At Backyard Beach, the Gulf is quite literally in your backyard. A private sandy trail leads straight from this Miramar Beach retreat to the sugar-white sand and blue water. Start mornings with coffee on the private balcony, gather for sunset dinner on the upper deck, and end the day soaking in the beachfront hot tub. With unobstructed ocean views from all three outdoor spaces, every moment comes with a coastal backdrop.

Why Book This Home for Summer: Direct beach access meets a group-ready layout, giving your crew plenty of space to gather, unwind, and enjoy front-row Gulf views.

  • Sleeps 16 guests with 4 bedrooms, 8 beds, and 4.5 bathrooms
  • Private sandy trail with direct beach access
  • Three outdoor spaces with unobstructed ocean views
  • Upper deck, private balcony, and shaded beachfront seating
  • Hot tub overlooking the shore
  • Bonus bunk area that sleeps 8
  • Full kitchen, wet bar, and BBQ grill
  • Pet-friendly

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Calico Scallop

For summertime energy and all-out fun, bring your crew and your favorite floaties to Calico Scallop. Your colorful hub is made for beach days followed by game nights, cannonballs, and sunset barbecues. This place keeps the good times rolling without missing a beat, where every space invites you to relax, play, or post up with a cold drink. 

Why Book This Home for Summer: Big on style, big on fun, and a block from the beach—this house has space for everyone and every mood.

  • Sleeps 14 guests with 5 bedrooms and 10 beds
  • Private pool, hot tub, and outdoor grill with lounge chairs
  • Converted garage game zone with ping pong, arcade & putting green
  • Cozy den with an air hockey table and foosball
  • Washer and dryer available for use
  • Pet-friendly (additional fee) and has driveway parking

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Destin Dolphin

Destin Dolphin is the kind of beach house that makes you forget what day it is—in the best way. From the moment you arrive, it’s all about simple pleasures: walking barefoot to the beach in two minutes flat, floating in the pool surrounded by palm trees, and grilling dinner under the stars while the kids play in the yard.

Why Book This Home for Summer: The layout’s perfect for families or multiple couples traveling together, with privacy where you want it and room to hang when you don’t. Steps to the beach, a fully private outdoor oasis, and a layout that balances downtime.

  • Sleeps 12 guests with 3 bedrooms and 7 beds
  • Private pool with outdoor kitchen, grill & smoker, and dining space
  • Outdoor bar with a television
  • Just a 1-minute walk to the beach
  • 4 driveway parking spaces 
  • Beach gear credit included for this house

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Kool Beanz

A summer made just for you; Kool Beanz is the beachy-chic home that sets the mood before you even unpack your swimsuit. Painted in seafoam and sunshine tones, this is what summer is supposed to feel like–sipping coffee on the porch rocking chairs, or making poolside memories under the gazebo, the vibe here is all about maxing out your relaxation.

Why Book This Home for Summer: It’s bold, it’s bright, and it’s built for a big, happy beach gang who want their own slice of Destin fun, just blocks from the shore where everyone gets their own corner to crash in.

  • Sleeps 18 guests with 6 bedrooms and 14 beds
  • Private pool with loungers and a pool house
  • Front porch with rocking chairs
  • Fully equipped kitchen with island and indoor dining 
  • Arcade machines and board games are available
  • Short walk to the beach and a quick drive to shops & restaurants

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Clear Sky

Big group? Big plans? Clear Sky is your choice with room for the whole crew. A light-filled retreat that is all about breezy morning walks, splashy afternoon swims, and sunset hangs that turn into late-night laughs. Practically built into your routine, everyone gets their own slice of quiet. 

Why Book This Home for Summer: Everything’s big here, and if summer had a headquarters, this might be it. Just a quick stroll to the sand, you can now have unforgettable group memories—no beach cart left behind.

  • Sleeps 20 guests with 8 bedrooms and 12 beds
  • Private pool with sun loungers and hot tub in the backyard
  • 5-minute walk to James Lee Beach
  • Outdoor living area with seating and TV
  • Pet friendly with an additional fee
  • A driveway that can fit 5 cars

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Bohemian Beach Retreat

Beachy vibes meet great summer getaway. Just three minutes from the sand, Bohemian Beach Retreat is your breezy villa for laid-back fun. Start your morning with a stroll to Crystal Beach, come home to your sun-shelf pool for some midday lounging, then gather around with your loved ones for bocce, beers, and backyard hangs that stretch late into golden hour.

Why Book This Home for Summer: Checks all the boxes—close to the beach, packed with perks, and built for those who know how to have a good time. Plus, everyone gets the royal treatment here. 

  • Sleeps 16 guests with 6 bedrooms and 12 beds
  • Private pool with sun shelf and loungers
  • Hot tub, lounge chairs, and bocce court in the backyard
  • Every adult bedroom has a king-sized bed (yes, every one)
  • Board games and a foosball table are available
  • Just 3 minutes to Crystal Beach and next to Henderson State Park

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Seacrest

Rocking chairs, hot tub soaks, and sunset views from the patio? Seacrest is where you recharge between adventures. This 2 story town home is where everyone finds their thing. Coffee on the balcony with a salty breeze? Check. A massive pool for all-day lounging? Got it. Bunk beds that feel like summer camp dreams come true? You bet.

Why Book This Home for Summer: A sweet spot for families or groups who want a quick beach walk, tons of lounge space, and a pool that’s big enough to float in the water without bumping elbows.

  • Sleeps 20 guests with 8 bedrooms and 16 beds
  • Private king-size pool, hot tub, and patio with rocking chairs
  • Just two blocks from the beach!
  • Ping-pong table and card games are provided
  • Front porch with rocking chairs
  • Driveway parking for 6 cars

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Golden Horizon

If you’re rolling into Destin with the agenda of pool days, beach hangs, and group dinners that turn into card games and belly laughs—Golden Horizon is calling your name. This Miramar Beach gem is bold, bright, and built for togetherness, where you can have coffee in hand between pool dips, hot tub soaks, and breezy lunch breaks on the patio. 

Why Book This Home for Summer: Spacious, stylish, and made for memory-making. Golden Horizon gives you all the room and reasons to relax and reconnect. It’s the kind of home where you unpack once and then never want to leave.

  • Sleeps 20 guests with 6 bedrooms and 10 beds
  • Private pool, hot tub, grill, and patio
  • Laptop-friendly workspace areas
  • Two master suites with Jacuzzi tubs
  • Game-ready at the 4th-floor tower room with a wet bar
  • 5-minute walk to Miramar Beach and close to restaurants, coffee & shopping

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Sunset Mirage

Kick off your flip-flops and settle into coastal cruise control—because Sunset Mirage is where the vibe stays high and the pool stays cool. A retreat where spring break dreams and summer glow-ups come to life. It’s clear this place was made for memory-making, from having pancakes on the patio to popping the popcorn during movie night. 

Why Book This Home for Spring or Summer: Nothing says “seasonal bliss” like a backyard pool, beach down the block, and space for your entire fam under one sunny roof while basically at a beachside.

  • Sleeps 24 guests with 10 bedrooms and 13 beds
  • Private pool and hot tub with sun loungers
  • Backyard with outdoor table & chairs and grill
  • On-site movie room with projector and plush seating
  • Located just a minute’s walk from the beach
  • Exclusive driveway that accommodates 5 cars.

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Flipper

Have your own perfect slice of vacation and paradise at Flipper and make it ridiculously easy to live your best summer life. Giving your room to do summer your way, this house is bright, breezy, and ready with seriously, seven king bedrooms. No one has to flip a coin for the good room! 

Why Book This Home for Summer: This one’s made for big group energy—spacious, social, and just nearby on everything Destin has to offer.

  • Sleeps 20 guests with 8 bedrooms and 11 beds
  • Private pool with outdoor dining and grill setup
  • Open-concept layout with a fully equipped kitchen and dining
  • Can park 3 to 5 cars
  • Located in a gated community near the beach and public access
  • 13-minute drive to Henderson Beach State Park 

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Aquamarine

Aquamarine is like your group’s summer playlist—everyone’s going to love it! Your go-to Destin escape that deserves more than just “plenty of space.” All about the extras made for families, friend groups, or anyone rolling deep and looking to relax hard. If you’re here for sunshine, seafood, or just some overdue chill time, this house wraps it all.

Why Book This Home for Summer: Spacious, stylish, and just a short drive to the beach. Come for the location, stay for the vibes. Aquamarine is the house your group will talk about next summer, too.

  • Sleeps 25 guests with 7 bedrooms and 16 beds
  • Private pool, hot tub, and sun loungers
  • Covered outdoor deck with alfresco dining space
  • Fully stocked kitchen and island seating
  • Covered patio with mini kitchen and BBQ grill
  • A washer and dryer are available
  • Driveway parking for 5 cars

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Lyle

From the moment you roll up, the breezy balconies at Lyle welcome you like an old friend. You can start your mimosa on one of the balconies (there are plenty), then head out to explore the white sands nearby, making memories that last longer than your tan. And as golden hour hits, you can gather for laughs, cannonballs, and cocktails.

Why Book This Home for Summer: The place where you can chill and post up for the whole weekend without ever leaving the backyard—and still feel like you got the full Destin experience.  

  • Sleeps 20 guests with 8 bedrooms and 14 beds
  • Private fenced pool & spa with lounge chairs
  • Outdoor kitchenette with BBQ grill
  • Wet bar with wine fridge for cocktail hour
  • Shuffleboard and a foosball table
  • Close to the beach location

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Woodward Way

Here’s the thing—some beach homes just feel like summer. Goals of sunshine, pool hangs, and casually living your best life a block from the beach is what Woodward Way gets you. The way the sunlight hits the pastel trim, or the fact that you can actually hear the beach from the porch, will certainly pump you up for a good time. 

Why Book This Home for Summer: Between the short walk to the sand, the sun-kissed backyard, and the freshly redesigned interiors, this place is all vibes and zero stress. There’s even a place in this home where you can have your own little corner of peace.

  • Sleeps 10 guests with 5 bedrooms and 6 beds
  • Private pool, hot tub, backyard cabana with shaded outdoor dining
  • Secret garden nook with a vine-wrapped pergola and fountain
  • Less than 5 minutes walking to Crystal Beach access
  • Bright, recently redesigned interiors with a pop of summer
  • Pet friendly with an additional fee

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book on AvantStay Direct (Best Price!)

Destin: The Go-To Beach Destination Made for the Whole Crew

Whether you’re planning a family reunion, bachelorette party, friend-cation, or multigenerational getaway, Destin is built for making group memories. This area offers something for everyone—sugar-white beaches for the chill crew, deep-sea fishing and water parks for the adventurers, and a food scene worth rallying the whole table for. 

Most of our homes here are designed with gathering in mind: spacious kitchens, multiple bedrooms with en-suites, bunk rooms for the kiddos, and outdoor spaces that make sunset BBQs and poolside hangs the main event.

Destin makes it easy to vacation together, without stepping on each other’s flip-flops. And oh! If you are looking for activities to do, here are our recommended top things to do while in Destin.

Articles You May Like:

One House, a Thousand Memories

So you’ve assembled the dream team—now all you need is the perfect place to drop your bags and let the good times roll. Big groups mean big memories—and Destin delivers. So what are you waiting for? Book that Airbnb where your best summer stories start!

The Best Time to Visit Hilton Head

Pristine beaches stretch along a barrier island. This is where the Atlantic Coast creates an exceptional year-round getaway just four hours from Atlanta and two hours from Charleston.

Every season at Hilton Head offers different coastal adventures in South Carolina’s most beloved resort destination. Walk miles of uncrowded beaches collecting seashells early in the morning, then enjoy lunch at the best restaurants serving fresh local seafood with stunning marsh views. 

The island features over 20 championship golf courses and world-class tennis facilities that attract sports enthusiasts from around the globe. Coligny Plaza offers family-friendly shopping and dining, while Harbour Town showcases the iconic red-and-white striped lighthouse surrounded by boutique shops and waterfront restaurants. 

Spanish moss drapes over centuries-old live oak trees, creating natural canopies throughout the island’s bike paths and nature preserves. Indeed, the Southern charm defines every corner of this barrier island paradise.

The best time to visit Hilton Head is April and May, as well as September and October, when spring and fall shoulder seasons offer fewer crowds and warm weather. Throughout most of the year, the subtropical climate creates comfortable conditions for outdoor activities. Summer brings peak beach season with hot temperatures perfect for swimming and water sports, while winter offers mild weather ideal for golf and outdoor exploration. 

If you want to learn more about when Hilton Head offers its most amazing coastal experiences, let’s explore every season so you can plan the perfect Lowcountry island adventure.

About Hilton Head, SC

Hilton Head Island sits off the coast of South Carolina as a 12-mile-long barrier island known for world-class golf courses, pristine beaches, and preserved natural beauty. The island combines luxury resort amenities with authentic Lowcountry culture, creating an atmosphere that attracts families, couples, and sports enthusiasts year-round.

The subtropical climate features hot and oppressive summers, mild winters, with temperatures typically varying from 42°F to 89°F throughout the year. The period of May, June, July, August, and September is widely regarded as the peak season for visitation, when beach activities and water sports reach optimal conditions.

The island enjoys over 12 miles of beautiful beaches perfect for swimming, sunbathing, and beachcombing. Golf season runs year-round with peak conditions in spring and fall, while tennis and outdoor activities remain popular throughout most seasons due to the mild climate.

Hilton Head Travel Seasons at a Glance

Here’s when beach lovers arrive and when you can enjoy peaceful shores and quiet island moments.

Peak Times: May Through September and Holiday Weekends

Summer attracts the largest crowds as families and beach enthusiasts fill every oceanfront rental and beachside restaurant. Memorial Day through Labor Day represents peak beach season with hot temperatures perfect for swimming and water activities. Spring break and major holiday weekends also see increased visitor numbers.

Great Value Times: March Through April and October Through November

Spring offers leisurely vacation opportunities with temperatures ranging from mid-60s to low 70s in March, highs in the 70s in April, and highs in the low 80s in May. Fall provides comfortable weather with fewer crowds while maintaining access to most outdoor activities and beach recreation.

Peaceful Times: December Through February and Mid-Week Any Season

Winter months offer the most tranquil island experiences with mild temperatures perfect for golf and outdoor exploration. Weekday visits throughout the year provide peaceful beach walks and easier restaurant availability without weekend crowds.

Why Visit Hilton Head?

Hilton Head offers unmatched coastal experiences with 12 miles of pristine beaches perfect for swimming, shelling, and relaxation. The island features over 20 championship golf courses designed by legends like Jack Nicklaus, Arnold Palmer, and Pete Dye, making it one of America’s premier golf destinations.

The island maintains authentic Lowcountry character with historic plantations, nature preserves, and cultural sites showcasing centuries of Southern coastal heritage. Fresh seafood restaurants serve locally-caught shrimp, oysters, and fish while overlooking scenic marshlands and waterways.

Spring brings the RBC Heritage golf tournament, and in the fall is Hilton Head’s motoring festival, bringing tens of thousands of people to the island. The Hilton Head Island Concours d’Elegance & Motoring Festival honors rich tradition with southern flair, curating rare automotive collections against a distinctive Lowcountry backdrop.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to Hilton Head

  • Hilton Head in January: Mild winter weather, peaceful beaches, excellent golf conditions
  • Hilton Head in February: Comfortable temperatures, fewer crowds, perfect for outdoor activities
  • Hilton Head in March: Spring emergence, warming weather, wildflowers blooming
  • Hilton Head in April: Ideal spring conditions, comfortable beach weather, RBC Heritage tournament
  • Hilton Head in May: Perfect temperatures, beach season begins, shoulder season pricing ends
  • Hilton Head in June: Summer season launches, hot beach weather, peak family vacation time
  • Hilton Head in July: Peak summer heat, busy beaches, optimal swimming conditions
  • Hilton Head in August: Continued summer perfection, warmest ocean temperatures, high humidity
  • Hilton Head in September: Early fall comfort, warm ocean water, fewer families
  • Hilton Head in October: Perfect fall weather, comfortable temperatures, peaceful beaches
  • Hilton Head in November: Cool but pleasant, excellent golf weather, Motoring Festival
  • Hilton Head in December: Mild winter beginning, holiday decorations, quiet island atmosphere

When Is the Best Time to Visit Hilton Head?

April and May, as well as September and October, represent the best times to visit, offering fewer crowds, warm weather, ocean breeze, warming sunshine, and a tranquil atmosphere. For peak beach conditions, summer months provide hot temperatures perfect for swimming and water sports.

April and May offer maximum daytime temperatures of 22-30°C (72-86°F) with daily sunshine hours of 10 hours or more.

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter showcases Hilton Head’s mild climate advantages with comfortable temperatures perfect for golf, tennis, and outdoor exploration without summer heat and humidity. Average peak temperatures rise steadily from 57.4°F (14.1°C) in January, making winter activities pleasant and enjoyable.

This season offers the most peaceful island experiences with uncrowded beaches, easy restaurant reservations, and optimal conditions for nature walks and bike rides throughout the island’s extensive trail system.

Hilton Head Weather in Winter

  • December: 45°F to 65°F | About 3 inches of rain
  • January: 42°F to 60°F | About 3 inches of rain
  • February: 45°F to 65°F | About 3 inches of rain

Things to Do in Hilton Head During Winter

Winter golf provides ideal conditions with comfortable temperatures and minimal crowds on championship courses throughout the island. Beach walks become incredibly peaceful with miles of shoreline available for shell collecting and wildlife observation.

Nature activities include bike rides through Sea Pines Forest Preserve, bird watching at Pinckney Island National Wildlife Refuge, and dolphin watching from shore or charter boats operating year-round.

Hilton Head Events in Winter

  • Holiday Light Displays – Festive decorations throughout resort communities
  • Winter Golf Tournaments – Taking advantage of perfect playing conditions
  • New Year’s Celebrations – Beachfront and resort festivities
  • Lowcountry Cultural Events – Indoor performances and art exhibitions

Food Scene in Winter

Restaurants focus on fresh seafood and Lowcountry specialties with cozy indoor dining perfect for mild winter evenings. Oyster roasts and seafood festivals celebrate the region’s maritime heritage while providing warming comfort foods.

Winter Travel Tips

Pack layers for temperature variations between morning and afternoon. Winter offers the best golf course availability and pricing. Take advantage of peaceful beaches for long walks and photography. Many outdoor activities remain available due to the mild subtropical climate.

Visiting in Spring (March to May)

Spring represents one of the ideal times to visit, with temperatures ranging from mid-60s to low 70s in March, highs in 70s in April, and highs in the low 80s in May. This season combines perfect weather with manageable crowds before summer peak season arrives.

Wildflowers bloom throughout the island while ocean temperatures gradually warm to comfortable swimming conditions by late spring.

Hilton Head Weather in Spring

  • March: 50°F to 70°F | About 4 inches of rain
  • April: 58°F to 76°F | About 3 inches of rain
  • May: 65°F to 82°F | About 4 inches of rain

Things to Do in Hilton Head During Spring

Beach activities become increasingly popular as temperatures warm and ocean conditions improve for swimming and water sports. Golf courses showcase spring beauty with blooming azaleas and perfect playing conditions.

Spring brings the RBC Heritage golf tournament, one of the PGA Tour’s most prestigious events held annually at Harbour Town Golf Links, attracting golf enthusiasts and professionals from around the world.

Hilton Head Events in Spring

  • RBC Heritage Golf Tournament – PGA Tour event at Harbour Town Golf Links
  • Spring Wildflower Walks – Guided tours showcasing the island bloom season
  • Easter Celebrations – Family-friendly events and egg hunts at resort communities
  • Outdoor Music Festivals – Taking advantage of perfect spring weather

Food Scene in Spring

Restaurants expand outdoor seating as the weather becomes ideal for waterfront dining. Spring menus feature fresh local seafood and seasonal ingredients, while outdoor bars and beach clubs reopen patios with marsh and ocean views.

Spring Travel Tips

Book accommodations early, as spring represents excellent value before summer rates begin. Pack light layers for temperature changes throughout the day. Spring offers optimal conditions for bicycle tours and nature activities. Golf course reservations become more competitive during tournament season.

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer delivers peak beach season with high temperatures reaching 87.1°F (30.6°C) and 87.6°F (30.9°C) in July and August, respectively. Hot temperatures create perfect conditions for swimming, water sports, and beach activities while ocean water reaches its warmest temperatures of the year.

This season features the busiest beaches, most family activities, and peak resort atmosphere with all amenities and attractions operating at full capacity.

Hilton Head Weather in Summer

  • June: 70°F to 85°F | About 6 inches of rain
  • July: 74°F to 89°F | About 7 inches of rain
  • August: 74°F to 89°F | About 7 inches of rain

Things to Do in Hilton Head During Summer

Beach activities dominate summer experiences with swimming, boogie boarding, beach volleyball, and sandcastle building. Water sports include kayaking, paddleboarding, jet skiing, and parasailing with numerous rental operators throughout the island.

Charter fishing trips target summer species, including king mackerel, cobia, and tarpon, while dolphin watching tours operate multiple times daily from Harbour Town and other marinas.

Hilton Head Events in Summer

  • Independence Day Fireworks – Spectacular Fourth of July celebrations over Broad Creek
  • Summer Concert Series – Outdoor performances at various island venues
  • Beach Olympics – Family-friendly competitions and activities
  • Sunset Sailing Events – Regular departures showcasing stunning Lowcountry sunsets

Food Scene in Summer

Beachfront restaurants maximize outdoor seating with ocean breezes and sunset views. Summer menus highlight fresh local seafood, tropical cocktails, and light fare perfect for hot-weather dining. Ice cream shops and frozen treat vendors become essential stops during beach days.

Summer Travel Tips

Book accommodations far in advance, as summer represents peak season with the highest demand. Arrive early at popular beaches for parking and optimal spots. Pack sun protection, light clothing, and stay hydrated during hot, humid conditions. Make restaurant reservations well ahead for weekend visits.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall provides some of the year’s most pleasant conditions, with September and October offering fewer crowds and warm weather. Ocean temperatures remain warm from summer heat, while air temperatures become more comfortable for outdoor activities.

This shoulder season combines excellent weather with reduced crowds and often provides the best overall value for island vacations.

Hilton Head Weather in Fall

  • September: 70°F to 85°F | About 6 inches of rain
  • October: 62°F to 78°F | About 3 inches of rain
  • November: 52°F to 70°F | About 2 inches of rain

Things to Do in Hilton Head During Fall

Beach activities continue through October with warm ocean temperatures and comfortable air conditions. Golf courses experience ideal playing conditions with lower humidity and consistent temperatures throughout the day.

Fall features Hilton Head’s motoring festival, with the Concours d’Elegance & Motoring Festival honoring rich tradition with southern flair, attracting automotive enthusiasts and collectors to this distinctive Lowcountry event.

Hilton Head Events in Fall

  • Hilton Head Island Concours d’Elegance & Motoring Festival – Prestigious automotive celebration
  • Fall Golf Tournaments – Taking advantage of perfect playing conditions
  • Seafood Festivals – Celebrating local harvest and maritime culture
  • Thanksgiving Beach Walks – Traditional holiday activities with beautiful weather

Food Scene in Fall

Restaurants feature seasonal menus celebrating local harvest and fresh seafood. Outdoor dining remains popular with comfortable temperatures and stunning fall sunsets. Many establishments offer special events and wine dinners, taking advantage of pleasant weather.

Fall Travel Tips

September and October offer the best combination of pleasant weather and manageable crowds. Pack light layers for temperature variations between day and evening. Fall provides excellent photography opportunities with clear skies and dramatic lighting. Hurricane season officially ends on November 30th, though Hilton Head rarely experiences direct impacts.

Best Time of the Year to Visit Hilton Head (By Interest)

Choose your perfect timing based on what draws you most to this premier coastal destination:

For Perfect Beach Weather: Summer Peak

Best Time for Hilton Head Swimming and Water Sports

June through September provides the hottest temperatures and warmest ocean water, perfect for swimming, water sports, and all beach activities with peak summer conditions.

For Ideal Golf Conditions: Shoulder Seasons

Best Time for Hilton Head Championship Golf

March through May and September through November offer optimal golf weather with comfortable temperatures, lower humidity, and perfect playing conditions on world-class courses.

For Avoiding Crowds: Off-Season Peace

Best Time for Peaceful Hilton Head

December through March provides the most tranquil island experiences with mild temperatures, uncrowded beaches, and easy access to restaurants and attractions without peak season crowds.

For Best Overall Value: Spring and Fall

Best Time for Affordable Hilton Head

April and May, as well as September and October, offer the best combination of fewer crowds, warm weather, and excellent value before and after peak summer pricing.

For Family Activities: Extended Summer

Best Time for Hilton Head Family Fun

May through September provides the warmest weather, most family-oriented activities, and optimal beach conditions when all attractions and water activities operate at full capacity.

For Tennis and Outdoor Sports: Comfortable Seasons

Best Time for Hilton Head Active Adventures

March through November offers ideal conditions for tennis, biking, nature walks, and outdoor activities with comfortable temperatures and minimal weather disruptions.

For Photography and Nature: Year-Round Beauty

Best Time for Hilton Head Natural Experiences

All seasons offer unique photographic opportunities from winter’s peaceful beaches to summer’s vibrant activity, spring’s wildflowers, and fall’s perfect lighting conditions.

Where to Stay in Hilton Head

Experience exceptional beachfront homes that capture Hilton Head’s coastal lifestyle – beach access, ocean views, and luxury amenities that enhance every moment of your Lowcountry island getaway. Here are some spectacular Hilton Head homes you can book with AvantStay:

  • Dory – Just a quick walk to Hilton Head’s beautiful beaches, this is a three-story retreat designed for groups with complete amenities.
  • 30 Bradley Circle – A charming boardwalk to the beach is one of the best features of this spacious home. It offers premium accommodations for group getaways.
  • Hilton Ivory – Get to have a luxe retreat, as everything you need to enjoy the surrounding golf courses and beaches is already here in this property. 
  • Heron’s Rest – With families and group travel in mind, this waterfront Sea Pines retreat features beautiful views of Braddock Cove, a private dock, and a deck made for sunset gatherings. You’ll also be just a short walk from South Beach Marina, Salty Dog Cafe, and Hilton Head’s iconic beaches.
  • Sea Pine – As stunning as it is comfortable, this sophisticated home will let you embrace the island life and enjoy the best of what Hilton Head can offer. 

Create Your Hilton Head Itinerary

Ready to plan your Lowcountry coastal adventure? Let our team help you organize everything for your Hilton Head getaway! We can arrange golf tee times, beach equipment rentals, restaurant reservations, and authentic experiences that showcase the real character of this incredible island destination.

Just contact us or download the AvantStay App to book activities, get local recommendations, and manage your entire Hilton Head experience through one convenient platform.

Want more ideas for coastal adventures? Check out our guide to the best things to do in Hilton Head!

Plan Your Hilton Head Adventure

No matter which season calls to you, Hilton Head’s pristine beaches, world-class golf courses, authentic Lowcountry culture, and genuine Southern hospitality create memories that last forever. This destination perfectly balances beach relaxation with outdoor adventure and cultural experiences. Every visit reveals new discoveries and authentic coastal experiences.

Your perfect Hilton Head vacation home awaits. Book with AvantStay today and discover how incredible coastal getaways become when you experience Hilton Head’s legendary charm, natural beauty, and Lowcountry magic.

FAQs

Is Hilton Head expensive to visit?

Hilton Head costs significantly more during peak summer months from June through August when families fill every beachfront rental and oceanside restaurant. Hotels and dining establishments charge premium rates because demand stays high for perfect beach weather and water activities. But visit during shoulder seasons in spring or fall, and you’ll find excellent deals on luxury coastal homes while still enjoying comfortable weather and access to most activities.

How crowded does Hilton Head get?

Peak summer months bring substantial crowds, especially July and August, when beaches become busy and popular restaurants require advance reservations. However, Hilton Head’s 12 miles of beaches provide ample space even during busy periods. Spring and fall shoulder seasons offer fewer crowds with warm weather, while winter months provide the most peaceful island experiences.

When should I avoid Hilton Head?

There really isn’t a bad time to visit Hilton Head since the subtropical climate provides comfortable conditions year-round for different activities. Summer can be hot and humid for some visitors, while winter offers milder temperatures perfect for golf and outdoor exploration. Hurricane season runs from June through November, though Hilton Head rarely experiences direct impacts. The key is matching your visit to seasonal activities – come for beach fun in summer, golf in spring and fall, or peaceful relaxation in winter.

21 Best Bachelor Party Destinations for Every Type of Groom

Planning a bachelor party is more than just picking a place—it’s about creating unforgettable memories with your closest friends before sealing the deal. Whether you’re envisioning a weekend filled with adventure, relaxation, or vibrant nightlife, choosing the best bachelor party destinations will set the tone for the entire celebration. 

From sun-soaked beaches to bustling cityscapes, the perfect spot awaits to match your group’s vibe and preferences. Whether you’re aiming for laid-back luxury or non-stop excitement, these locations offer the ideal backdrop for your pre-wedding festivities.

To help you get started, we’ve curated a list of top destinations that cater to every type of bachelor party. Read more!


Related Reads for More Inspiration:

Discover why AvantStay properties are the perfect choice for hosting unforgettable events, offering group-friendly amenities, and exceptional experiences.

Planning for the bride-to-be? Explore top destinations and creative themes to make her celebration truly special.

Planning a big group getaway? Learn the top vacation rentals that comfortably accommodate 20+ guests—perfect for bachelor parties and milestone celebrations.


Table of Contents – 21 Best Bachelor Party Destinations for Every Type of Groom

  • For the Music Aficionado:
  1. Nashville, Tennessee: Doralee, SoBro Guest House, The Magnolia
  2. Austin, Texas: Bouldin Collective, Natiivo, Travis
  3. Los Angeles, California: City Living, A-Lister, Rock n Roll
  • For the Wine Connoisseur
  1. Paso Robles, California: Wellsona, Rancho de Robles, Cathedral
  2. Temecula, California: Warhol, Wilson Creek Manor, Camila
  3. Sonoma, California: Wine Country Estate, Sonoma Sunshine, Belleza
  • For the Beach Lover
  1. Destin, Florida: Promenade, Tidal Wave, Backyard Beach
  2. Emerald Coast: 30A Shady Palms, Villa Anesi, 30A Serenity Sands
  3. Fort Lauderdale, Florida: Gulfstream, Las Olas Oasis, Tidal
  • For the Desert Adventurer
  1. Coachella Valley, California: Buena Vista, The Date Palm Estate, Villa Verbena
  2. Palm Springs, California: Villa Valentina, The Marley Hotel, Olivano Ranch
  3. Joshua Tree, California: Sky Ranch Noir, Flora, Lava Rocks
  • For the Adventure Seeker
  1. Central Oregon: The Gem Estate, River Meadows, Klamath
  2. Breckenridge, Colorado: Holly, Frontier, Zendo
  3. Big Bear, California: Clover, Alpenglow Chateau, Lakefront Lodge
  • For the Golf Enthusiast
  1. Scottsdale, Arizona: Fairway Oasis, Red Rock, Sonoran Sunshine
  2. La Quinta, California: Olivano Ranch, Quinta Blue & Green, Moonshine
  3. Lake Tahoe, California: Grays Crossing, Redwood, Sparrow
  • For the Gamers
  1. Orlando, Florida: Sunshine Ridge, Storybook Sanctuary, Ever After
  2. San Diego, California: Shoreline, Indigo, Solmar
  3. Charleston, South Carolina: Cast Away, Raven, Jessamine

🎸 For the Music Aficionado

Hit the right note with AvantStay. Our upscale properties place you in the heart of the action, offering spacious accommodations perfect for group celebrations.

Nashville, Tennessee – The Music City Bash

Nashville, affectionately known as “Nashvegas,” is a top pick for bachelor parties seeking lively nightlife and rich musical heritage. Enjoy proximity to Broadway’s honky-tonks, renowned barbecue joints, and live music venues, ensuring your party keeps rocking all night long.

Doralee

Located just a stone’s throw from Downtown and Music Row, this Nashville escape can comfortably accommodate up to 10 guests. It is a multi-story group retreat named after Dolly Parton’s character in “9 to 5.” Perfect for groups looking to stay together while enjoying Nashville’s vibrant nightlife.

SoBro Guest House

SoBro Guest House places your crew right in the heart of Nashville’s legendary nightlife scene. Located just minutes from Broadway’s honky-tonks and live music venues, this boutique-style stay offers multiple stylish suites that can be booked together for the ultimate bachelor party headquarters. Spend the day exploring Nashville’s best restaurants and record shops, then regroup on-site before heading back out for another round of live music and late-night celebrations.

The Magnolia

The Magnolia offers a collection of stylish apartments featuring elegant furnishings,with its red-brick exterior and proximity to Nashville’s iconic attractions. You can unwind in the shared sunlit courtyard and enjoy the vibrant culinary scene right at your doorstep.

Related Reads:

Austin, Texas – Live Music Capital

Austin’s eclectic music scene, food trucks, and outdoor activities make it ideal for bachelor parties. AvantStay offers homes close to South Congress, providing easy access to the city’s best attractions and Austin’s best restaurants.

Bouldin Collective

For bachelor groups looking to go big, Bouldin Collective delivers a true compound-style experience in the heart of Austin. This multi-unit property can accommodate large groups across several connected homes, making it easy to keep everyone together while still having space to spread out. Spend your days exploring nearby South Congress and Barton Springs, then bring the crew back for poolside hangs, grilling, and pregame drinks before heading out to Sixth Street. With its scale, flexibility, and prime location, it’s built for groups that want a high-energy weekend without compromise.

Natiivo

This brand-new condo offers modern amenities and is situated near popular spots like Rainey Street and Sixth Street. With a swimming pool, fitness center, yoga studios, a dog park, and balconies, it’s a guest’s favorite, wanting to stay active while being entertained.

Travis

A peaceful lakefront home on Lake Travis, which offers 3 bedrooms, a fully equipped kitchen, and a spacious deck with outdoor seating. It’s an ideal retreat for those wanting to have fun by the water while still being a short drive from downtown Austin.

Related Reads:

Los Angeles, California – Urban Entertainment Hub

For those seeking a mix of beach vibes and city nightlife, Los Angeles offers diverse experiences. AvantStay’s properties in LA provide stylish accommodations near top attractions, from Hollywood to Santa Monica.

City Living

This 2-bedroom home offers panoramic views of downtown LA, a spacious outdoor area with a gas grill, and a large lawn. It’s perfect for anyone wanting urban excitement and the best relaxation during a bachelor party.

A-Lister

Perched in the Hollywood Hills, A-Lister is a hideaway offering a private pool, hot tub, sunset views, and a large patio with al fresco dining. Its proximity to West Hollywood’s nightlife and attractions makes it a prime choice for those looking to experience the glamour of LA.

Rock n Roll

Situated steps from the iconic venues like the Hollywood Pantages Theatre, Rock n Roll is a vibrant pink home with bold decor and modern aesthetic, offering you an authentic Hollywood experience.

Related Reads:


🍷 For the Wine Connoisseur

For those with a discerning palate, these destinations offer a refined experience amid rolling vineyards and elegant tasting rooms. Indulge in the art of winemaking and savor the moment.

Paso Robles, California – Wine Country Retreat

For a more laid-back yet luxurious experience, Paso Robles offers rolling vineyards and top-tier wineries. This place is indeed an ideal spot for a laid-back yet luxurious bachelor party. Explore local tasting rooms by day and enjoy serene evenings under the stars.

Wellsona

Situated on a gated 40-acre working vineyard, Wellsona is a spacious estate featuring a main house and guest house connected by a breezeway. Amenities include a private pool, hot tub, and wine cellar, providing a serene setting for groups looking to unwind like the classics.

Rancho de Robles

Set on sprawling grounds in the heart of Paso Robles wine country, Rancho de Robles delivers the kind of laid-back luxury that bachelor parties are made for. Spend your days hopping between nearby wineries, then bring the celebration back home for poolside hangs, grilling, and sunset drinks with the crew. With expansive outdoor space and plenty of room to gather, it’s an easy place to turn a casual weekend into a full-blown celebration.

Cathedral

Located in nearby Templeton, Cathedral offers German-style 7 bedrooms and 4 bathrooms. This property features a big swimming pool, stunning views of the rolling hills, and lots of spots to gather, making it ideal for a relaxing bachelor retreat.

Related Reads:

Temecula, California – Vineyard Vibes

Combine the charm of wine country with group-friendly amenities in Temecula. If your bachelor party includes wine tastings and celebratory dinners, then this is the place to choose. Enjoy the scenic beauty and relaxed atmosphere as you toast to the groom’s next chapter.

Warhol

A 6-bedroom home that has an infinity pool, spa, entertainment area with a pool table, and outdoor fire table. Its unique design and proximity to renowned wineries make it ideal for wine tastings and celebratory dinners. 

Wilson Creek Manor

Offering 10 bedrooms and 10 bathrooms, this mansion accommodates up to 20 guests. Being in the Wilson Creek Winery is the best feature of this home but it also includes a private pool and spacious living and dining areas, providing a luxurious setting for large bachelor groups.

Camila

Camila is a mansion on top of the hill that sleeps up to 18 guests. With a private pool paired with the best views of Temecula, it’s perfect for groups seeking a luxurious and comfortable stay during wine country getaways.

Related Reads:

Sonoma, California – Classic Wine Experience

Sonoma offers a scenic Sonoma County wineries experience with its renowned vineyards and charming towns. Indeed, a classic and elegant setting for wine tastings and gourmet dining.

Wine Country Estate

Located between Napa and Sonoma Valley, this estate features a custom pool with spa, entertainment barn, and chic remodeled interiors. It’s minutes from downtown Sonoma Square and world-famous vineyards.

Sonoma Sunshine

This 4-bedroom retreat offers incredible views, an expansive pool, and curated interior design. It’s conveniently located near a selection of wineries and tasting rooms, making it an excellent base for wine enthusiasts.

Belleza

A luxurious and modern mansion in the heart of wine country, featuring an infinity pool, hot tub, expansive outdoor living, and lounge areas. It’s designed for relaxation and entertainment for the ultimate bachelor party experience.

Related Reads:


🏖️ For the Beach Lover

Beach days and lively evenings await. These destinations offer the perfect blend of sun, sand, relaxation, and excitement for the unforgettable bachelor weekend.

Destin, Florida – The Ultimate Beach Party Hub

Known as the “World’s Luckiest Fishing Village,” Destin offers more than just fishing. With its sparkling white beaches, vibrant nightlife, and a plethora of water activities, it’s a top choice for bachelor parties. 

Promenade

A luxurious and traditional 7-bedroom beach house featuring a private pool, double balconies, and a crow’s nest, all facing the ocean with the best views of the waves. It is perfect for large groups seeking upscale coastal celebrations.

Tidal Wave

Designed for group getaways, this stylish 7-bedroom Destin retreat is just a short walk from the Gulf’s white-sand beaches. Its private backyard features a pool, hot tub, firepit, covered patio, and BBQ area, giving the crew plenty of space for poolside afternoons and laid-back evenings before exploring Destin’s restaurants and nightlife.

Backyard Beach

Step directly onto Miramar Beach from this oceanfront escape via a private sandy trail. With 4 bedrooms, a bonus bunk area, multiple decks, unobstructed Gulf views, a beachfront hot tub, and a BBQ grill, Backyard Beach offers plenty of space for the crew to relax and celebrate by the water.

Related Reads:

Emerald Coast – Scenic 30A Adventures

Sun, sand, and sea set the stage for an epic bachelor party along 30A, Florida’s Emerald Coast. Stretching along Florida’s Gulf Coast, the Emerald Coast boasts charming towns, scenic highways, and pristine beaches. 

30A Shady Palms

Gather the crew at this spacious coastal retreat featuring six bedrooms, a private pool, and a fenced backyard built for laid-back group celebrations. Grill by the pool, relax on the covered patio, or take the six-seat golf cart to nearby beach access. With an open living area, fully stocked kitchen, and sleeping space for 16, 30A Shady Palms makes an ideal bachelor-party base along the Emerald Coast.

Villa Anesi

Built for memorable group getaways, Villa Anesi features five bedrooms, a private pool, and multiple spaces for the crew to gather. Grill and unwind poolside, challenge your friends to cornhole or a game-table matchup, then head to the rooftop deck for sunset cocktails around the firepit and panoramic Gulf views. A six-seat golf cart and nearby beach access make exploring 30A easy.

30A Serenity Sands

Bring the whole crew to this spacious seven-bedroom retreat near Gulf Place. Sleeping up to 20 guests, it features a private heated pool and spa, an outdoor entertainment area, multiple balconies, and a chef’s kitchen with an oversized island. Grill and relax by the pool, explore nearby dining and nightlife, or head three blocks to the beach for a sun-soaked bachelor weekend.

Related Reads:

Fort Lauderdale, Florida – Vibrant Coastal Vibes

For those seeking beach relaxation and city excitement, Fort Lauderdale is another destination to pick. You can choose an ideal spot for bachelor groups looking to enjoy both daytime beach activities and the city’s lively nightlife.

Gulfstream

Just minutes from Las Olas Boulevard and Fort Lauderdale Beach, this is a luxurious 4-bedroom waterfront home with a private dock, pool, and hot tub. Enjoy spacious interiors, a chef’s kitchen, and a patio ideal for sunset cocktails. 

Las Olas Oasis

This stylish home features a hot tub, BBQ grill, and al fresco dining setup, perfect for serene and simple bachelor getaways. Located minutes from the beach, it’s perfect for groups where everyone can enjoy the vibrant nightlife and dining options nearby.

Tidal

Offering a relaxing pool, yard to gather, pool valleyball, and proximity to Fort Lauderdale Beach, this cozy home is ideal for bachelor parties looking to combine beach fun with comfortable accommodations.

Related Reads:


🏜️ For the Desert Adventurer

Explore the stark beauty of desert landscapes by day and enjoy mesmerizing stargazing under clear night skies. You can have a bachelor’s celebration with unique desert experiences. 

Coachella Valley, California – Desert Festivities

If your crew is into music festivals or desert adventures, Coachella Valley is the place to be with its vibrant music culture and stunning desert landscapes. It is an ideal base for exploring the desert landscape or attending nearby events for a memorable bachelor party. 

Buena Vista

A sprawling 9-bedroom estate on over 40 acres, featuring a private lake, saloon-style wet bar, game room, and bonfire area. Ideal for large groups seeking a luxurious and private desert retreat, it is perfect for hosting memorable bachelor party events.

The Date Palm Estate

This estate has been the best choice for bachelorette trips, and we know why. It offers a resort-style saltwater pool, jacuzzi, game room, tennis court, and many more amenities to enjoy. Providing everyone with ample space for group gatherings and celebrations in a serene setting.

Villa Verbena

Nestled on 1.71 acres in Bermuda Dunes, Villa Verbena is a luxurious retreat featuring expansive outdoor spaces, a private pool, and its own basketball court. The expansive living and dining areas are perfect for groups seeking relaxation and entertainment in the desert.

Related Reads:

Palm Springs, California – Desert Oasis

For a blend of relaxation and excitement, Palm Springs delivers. Our properties offer private pools, cabanas, and stylish accommodations where you can enjoy poolside lounging by day and explore vibrant nightlife by night.

Villa Valentina

A sleek 4-bedroom retreat nestled against the foothills of Mount San Jacinto State Park, just 5 minutes from Downtown Palm Springs. This home features a private pool, hot tub, outdoor dining area, and modern interiors designed for your stylish bachelor. 

The Marley Hotel

An exclusive hotel experience awaits, offering a private pool, spa, fire pit, and multiple patios by the desert. Located steps from downtown nightlife, it’s the ultimate party pad for bachelors seeking privacy and luxury.

Olivano Ranch

Challenge your groom’s friends for basketball and pickleball at this home. Enjoy the game garage, private pool, hot tub, and a spacious lawn perfect for games and activities. This estate in Palm Desert is the best desert home designed for groups seeking entertainment.

Related Reads:

Joshua Tree, California – Artistic Escape

Joshua Tree offers a unique desert experience with its stunning national park and artistic community. And our homes are here to provide serene settings for stargazing and exploration during your trip.

Sky Ranch Noir

Just 20 minutes from Joshua Tree National Park, this design-forward desert oasis was created by executive producer Chris Hanley that offers five bedrooms and an expansive open-concept layout. Featuring a private resort-like backyard with complete amenities.

Flora

Surrounded by cacti and native flora, this tranquil oasis has a plunge pool, hot tub, and chic interiors. It’s a perfect base for intimate bachelor gatherings, morning hikes in the park, and evenings around the outdoor fireplace.

Lava Rocks

This is the home where everyone from your group can unwind after exploring Joshua Tree’s famed trails and galleries. Offering 3 bedrooms, a pool, a cowboy tub, a fire pit, and stylish lounge spaces, it’s the home for bonding, storytelling, and late-night talks with your crew.

Related Reads:


🏔️ For the Adventure Seeker

Embark on an unforgettable bachelor party surrounded by nature’s grandeur. From mountain peaks to serene forests, these destinations offer thrilling adventures and cozy retreats.

Central Oregon – Outdoor Adventure Hub

For the outdoorsy groom-to-be, Central Oregon provides a playground of activities. We have homes that offer hot tubs, fire pits, and easy access to hiking, fishing, and skiing. After a day of adventure, relax in spacious accommodations designed for group comfort.

The Gem Estate

This expansive retreat near Sunriver offers a private pool, hot tub, sauna, fire pit, and a massive backyard. With elegant interiors, 5 bedrooms, and game-ready entertainment spaces, it’s tailor-made for group getaways filled with fun and adventure.

River Meadows

Nestled among towering pines, this beautifully renovated 4-bedroom home features a private dock, wraparound deck, hot tub, and cruiser bikes that are free to use. With access to nearby hiking trails and the Deschutes River, it’s the ultimate home for your adventurous bachelors.

Klamath

A charming lakeside cabin in Bend, this home has the coziest setting with wood interiors, stone fireplaces, and a spacious outdoor spa. The home also comes with a fire pit, foosball table, and a large dining area—perfect for post-exploration hangs with your crew.

Related Reads:

Breckenridge, Colorado – Mountain Adventure

If outdoor activities are your group’s preference, Breckenridge offers skiing, hiking, and more. Selected AvantStay’s properties provide ski-in, ski-out access, a hot tub, and a game room, ensuring both adventure and relaxation.

Holly

This massive home sits in the heart of Breckenridge and features a deck with views of the snowcapped mountains, a game room, and a private hot tub. With spacious common areas and unbeatable access to nightlife and ski lifts, it’s designed for unforgettable group celebrations.

Frontier

A luxury retreat with panoramic views of the mountains, this home features a bubbling hot tub, a pool table, and a large dining table to gather. Located minutes from Main Street, it’s perfect for groups wanting upscale comfort and easy access to trails and breweries.

Zendo

A sleek 5-bedroom alpine escape with soaring windows, a hot tub, and a spacious deck ideal for après-ski lounging. With its modern rustic vibe and close proximity to slopes and town, it’s a stylish home for bachelor adventures in the Rockies.

Related Reads:

Big Bear, California – Cabin Getaway

For a rustic yet comfortable experience, Big Bear is the ultimate mountain escape for bachelor parties seeking adventure. With its year-round appeal—from snow-covered slopes in winter to hiking and lake days in summer—this alpine town offers something for the outdoor-loving crew.

Clover

Nestled near the slopes, this home features a private hot tub, fire pit, and a spacious game room equipped with billiards, foosball, shuffleboard, and air hockey. With cozy interiors and plenty of entertainment, it’s perfect for an active bachelor weekend in the mountains.

Alpenglow Chateau

This sprawling 5-bedroom mountain home has a chef’s kitchen, a foosball and pool table, alfresco dining, and multiple balconies with forest views. The expansive and luxe layout and outdoor seating make it a top pick for large groups looking to spread out and enjoy Big Bear.

Lakefront Lodge

Situated right on Big Bear Lake, this stunning lodge offers lake fun, a game room, and breathtaking water views. Enjoy sunset cocktails on the deck, unwind in the hot tub, and soak up the peaceful vibes after a day of outdoor adventures or boating.

Related Reads:


⛳ For the Golf Enthusiast

Tee off in style and unwind in luxury. These destinations offer premier golfing experiences paired with upscale accommodations, ensuring your bachelor party is both thrilling and relaxing.

Scottsdale, Arizona – Golf Geek’s Dream

Scottsdale is a golfer’s paradise with over 200 courses set against stunning desert landscapes. After a day on the greens, enjoy the city’s vibrant nightlife and upscale dining. AvantStay offers luxurious accommodations close to top courses and entertainment venues.

Fairway Oasis

Fairway Oasis is the perfect retreat designed for entertainment and lounging. Practice your swing on the private putting green, challenge friends in the game room or at a basketball hoop, unwind in the hot tub, and soak in the pool. The backyard makes it perfect for group gatherings.

Red Rock

Featuring sleek modern interiors, a private pool and spa, a fully equipped outdoor kitchen, and a personal bar, this 4-bedroom home is just minutes from top golf courses and Old Town Scottsdale. It is ideal for daytime tee times and vibrant nights out with your bros.

Sonoran Sunshine

Sonoran Sunshine offers 4 bedrooms and a backyard designed for entertainment, including a private pool, putting green, ping pong table, and BBQ area. Its location provides easy access to numerous golf courses and Scottsdale’s attractions.

Related Reads:

La Quinta, California – Desert Fairways & Nightlife

La Quinta is renowned for its world-class golf courses, and with its rich golfing heritage and diverse course offerings, La Quinta offers an unparalleled experience for golf enthusiasts in your bachelor’s group. Plus, you can cap off your evenings with a round of cards!

Olivano Ranch

Olivano Ranch is built for competitive bachelor weekends where the games don’t stop after the golf course. Spend the day teeing off at nearby PGA West courses, then head back for poolside hangs, hot tub sessions, and friendly tournaments in the game garage. With a spacious lawn, multiple outdoor gathering areas, and plenty of room for the whole crew, it’s the kind of desert retreat where post-round drinks easily turn into late-night bragging rights.

Quinta Blue & Green

These two sister homes are surrounded by golf courses and feature a pool, hot tub, and a spacious outdoor dining area, making this home ideal for group gatherings. Plus, Quinta Blue has its own putting green!

Moonshine

Located on the PGA West Golf Course, Moonshine offers the best panoramic views of the Santa Rosa Mountains, a pool, fire pit, and stylish interiors, offering a luxurious retreat for golf enthusiasts.

Related Reads:

Lake Tahoe, California – Scenic Mountain  Views

Lake Tahoe offers unique high-altitude golfing experiences with breathtaking views. Our properties in the area provide comfortable accommodations near top courses and the lake’s recreational activities.

Grays Crossing

For good talks with the gang, this cabin is just moments away from the Grays Crossing Golf Course. With 3,600 sq ft of space to lounge and celebrate, it offers luxury and privacy, featuring a spacious patio, modern amenities, and proximity to Prosser Lake.

Redwood

Nestled among pine trees, this 5-bedroom cabin offers panoramic views of Martis Valley. Its proximity to Northstar Golf Course, luxurious amenities, and areas to gather, including two expansive decks and a hot tub, make it an ideal spot for golf enthusiasts in your group.

Sparrow

This 4-bedroom home offers a bright, open-concept layout with cozy interiors and forested surroundings. Just minutes from Lake Tahoe Golf Course, it features a spacious deck, fire pit, and hot tub—ideal for unwinding after a day on the fairways.

Related Reads:


🎮 For the Gamers

Level up your bachelor’s party with endless entertainment! Packed with high-tech game rooms and immersive experiences, perfect for the groom who loves a good challenge.

Orlando, Florida – Theme Parks & Gaming Galore

Orlando isn’t just about theme parks; it’s a haven for gamers in your bachelor’s, too. Futuristic game rooms with arcade games, a massive projector screen, and a Star Wars-themed theater are just some of the fun features, ensuring endless entertainment for any age and kid at heart.

Sunshine Ridge

This home delivers next-level fun with a room full of entertainment, from a pool table, air hockey, and console setups. With 9 bedrooms, a private pool, and spacious lounges, it’s built for all-day play and late-night hangouts of your gaming crew.

Storybook Sanctuary

Just minutes from Disney World and Universal Studios, this home is the perfect launchpad for bachelor groups ready to have adventure with downtime. Unwind by the pool, hang out in the spacious areas, or kick off the night with drinks before heading out to Orlando’s nightlife. 

Ever After

A pop culture paradise for a bachelor with a youthful spirit, a futuristic game room that has arcade machines, foosball, air hockey, and a massive projector screen awaits here. Upstairs, a Star Wars-themed theater and themed bedrooms create a fully immersive entertainment zone.

Related Reads: 

San Diego, California – Coastal Gaming Retreat

San Diego is the perfect place for bachelor parties that want to keep the energy high from day to night, with its stunning coastline, vibrant nightlife, and endless entertainment options.

Shoreline

This luxurious coastal escape in La Jolla features oceanfront views and a hot tub for sunset hangs. Inside, enjoy a sleek game room and multiple living areas perfect for movie nights or poker with the crew. Putting you minutes from the beach, downtown, and buzzing nightlife.

Indigo

With a modern open-concept design, Indigo is a simple seven-bedroom home. It has a rooftop deck with ocean views and multiple indoor lounges that your bros will love. Just a short drive from Pacific Beach and Mission Bay, it’s best for casual gaming and hangouts as a party.

Solmar

Solmar sets the stage for a bachelor weekend that moves seamlessly from daytime hangs to late-night competition. Bright open living spaces make it easy to spread out for cards, consoles, or just catching the game, while the outdoor areas are built for grilling, drinks, and unwinding between rounds. Close to San Diego’s beaches, bars, and nightlife, it’s the kind of home base that keeps everyone together without missing out on the action.

Related Reads:

Charleston, South Carolina – Fun Games & Talks

Charleston stands out as an exceptional choice for a bachelor’s party, due to its captivating history and vibrant contemporary experiences. Its cobblestone streets, antebellum architecture, Instagrammable beaches, and views set the stage for a memorable celebration. 

Cast Away

Just a block from Isle of Palms Beach, this bright and airy beach house invites you to gather close friends for an unforgettable trip. The game room is equipped with foosball, shuffleboard, and poker tables, while the deck offers lounge chairs and a hot tub for relaxation. 

Raven

Located in the heart of downtown Charleston, this home has ample entertaining space, such as a pool table, perfect for a bachelor group. Enjoy the rooftop deck with skyline views, and walk to King Street nightlife in minutes.

Jessamine

A block from Isle of Palms Beach and loaded with ways to compete, Pelican is a five-bedroom coastal retreat built for groups who don’t want the fun to stop. Challenge the crew to poker, foosball, or table tennis inside, then head out to the private pool and covered open-air lounge with TV for al fresco hangs. When the sun goes down, the fire pit takes over — the perfect spot for sunset cocktails and post-game trash talk before heading out to explore Charleston’s nightlife.

Related Reads:


Quick Tips for Planning the Perfect Bachelor Party 

  • Know the Vibe: Decide if your group prefers nightlife, nature, golf, or gaming for your celebration. Pick a destination that fits the mood, and everything will follow.
  • Be Budget-Smart: Talk money as early as now. Choose spots that offer fun and value for you, like large homes that cost less per person than hotels.
  • Keep Travel Simple: Pick destinations with major airports and short drives—this makes it easy in and easy out for everyone coming to your party.
  • Match the Destination to the Activities: Go beachside, hit the mountains, tee off on desert fairways, or geek out at theme parks, just choose what fits your crew.
  • Choose the Right Stay: Book a full-home rental with group-friendly features like hot tubs, game rooms, and lots of space to gather and dine together.
  • Use Concierge Perks: Many homes offer extras like fridge stocking or private chefs. Take advantage of these for a smoother trip with AvantStay. Learn more here.

Ready to Lock It In? Book Early!

Did you know that the best bachelor party homes go fast? Lock in your dates as early as today for the best selection. Secure your stay now and get first pick of top-tier group properties before they’re gone. Book now at AvantStay!

Top 10 Key West Monthly Rentals

Key West is a tropical paradise perfect for those craving a long escape from the harsh winter weather (we’re looking at you, snowbirds!). With its sunny beaches, crystal-clear waters, and vibrant nightlife, there are plenty of things to do in Key West for visitors to enjoy. Whether you’re desiring a relaxing day by the beach, an adventure out on the water, or a night on the town, Key West is an idyllic destination for a vacation.

For those looking to get away for a month or more, we’ve rounded up our favorite vacation homes available for an extended stay. These AvantStay vacation rentals have everything you could need in your home away from home, including a fully-equipped kitchen, hotel-grade amenities, a washer and dryer, bedding and linens, WiFi, and access to our 24/7 guest experience line as well as a local hospitality manager. 

Here are our top picks for vacation homes for snowbirds in Key West:

1. Salty Palm Retreat

Set within the gated Shipyard Condominium community in Truman Annex, Salty Palm Retreat brings an easy, breezy rhythm to an extended Key West stay. This two-bedroom home pairs Old Town charm with the practical comforts of a home away from home, including a well-equipped kitchen, comfortable gathering spaces, and a shaded porch surrounded by tropical greenery. Guests can cool off in the shared community pool or head out on foot to explore the island. Fort Zachary Taylor Historic State Park and its popular beach are a short walk away, while Duval Street, Mallory Square, and many of Key West’s best restaurants and attractions are also within easy reach. It is a relaxed base for settling into island life at your own pace.

2. Buttonwood Corner

Buttonwood Corner offers a private Midtown retreat with plenty of room to enjoy the Key West lifestyle. The three-bedroom, two-bathroom home features a bright, open living space where guests can gather after a day around the island. Outside, the private pool, dining area, and grill create an inviting setting for sunny afternoons, casual dinners, and warm evenings under the palms. Its Midtown location places beaches, restaurants, shopping, and island attractions within easy reach, while still providing welcome distance from the busiest parts of Old Town. With space for up to six guests and a laid-back indoor-outdoor setup, Buttonwood Corner is a comfortable choice for families or friends planning a longer stay.

3. Serenity

Located in Bahama Village, Serenity is a beautifully renovated conch-style guest cottage designed for a peaceful couples’ escape. The two-story home includes one bedroom, one bathroom, a bonus loft, and a full kitchen, making it easy to settle in for an extended visit. High ceilings and glass doors fill the cottage with natural light, while the secluded tropical garden creates a private island oasis. Guests can lounge beside the heated pool or refresh in the open-air outdoor shower. Duval Street is only a few blocks away, so restaurants, nightlife, and historic attractions are close at hand, yet the cottage remains tucked away from the busiest crowds. The result is a romantic retreat that feels both connected and wonderfully calm.

4. Easy Livin’

Easy Livin’ lives up to its name with an upscale but comfortable setting in the gated Truman Annex community. This three-bedroom home has generous indoor and outdoor gathering spaces, a fully equipped kitchen, and a private saltwater pool that makes relaxing at home just as appealing as exploring the island. The secluded cul-de-sac setting offers privacy, while the Old Town location keeps Key West favorites within walking or biking distance. Spend mornings by the pool, afternoons at Fort Zachary Taylor, and evenings dining or listening to live music near Duval Street. With four bathrooms and room for up to eight guests, Easy Livin’ is especially well suited to families and groups looking for space, convenience, and a true residential Key West experience.

5. Key West Found

Key West Found is a spacious two-bedroom, two-and-a-half-bathroom townhome inside the historic Foundry building. Spread across three stories, the home blends whimsical island style with the room and amenities guests appreciate during a longer stay. A private front porch framed by tropical landscaping is an ideal place for morning coffee or an evening cocktail, while the community pool offers a refreshing break from the Florida sun. The location is one of the home’s biggest draws: Harry S. Truman’s Little White House is just steps away, and Mallory Square, Duval Street, waterfront dining, and Old Town attractions are all nearby. For guests who want history, character, and walkability, Key West Found makes a memorable island home base.

6. Beach House Condo

Beach House Condo is a charming two-bedroom, two-bathroom ground-level home in the gated Shipyard Condominium section of Truman Annex. Designed to feel like a comfortable home away from home, the condo offers an equipped kitchen, welcoming living spaces, and a spacious back deck for slow mornings and laid-back evenings. Guests also have access to the community pool, perfect for cooling off between island adventures. From this central Old Town location, it is easy to walk or bike to Fort Zachary Taylor, Duval Street, Mallory Square, and the neighborhood’s many restaurants and historic sites. With room for up to five guests, Beach House Condo works well for couples, small families, or friends who want a convenient and relaxed extended stay.

7. Shipyard Treasure

Shipyard Treasure brings a bright, easygoing atmosphere to an oversized second-floor condo in the heart of Old Town. The two-bedroom home is set within the sought-after Shipyard community and features comfortable living areas, a full kitchen, and two breezy decks where guests can enjoy the tropical surroundings. A shared pool is nearby for leisurely afternoons at home. When it is time to explore, the Historic District’s restaurants, shops, waterfront, and famous attractions are all within walking or biking distance. The combination of residential comfort and a highly walkable location makes Shipyard Treasure a strong choice for guests who want to experience Key West beyond a quick weekend and settle into the island’s slower, sunnier pace.

8. Key West Charming

Key West Charming is a welcoming first-floor condo in the Shipyard community of Truman Annex. This two-bedroom, one-bathroom home features a comfortable living and dining area that opens onto a large private wooden deck, creating a sunny outdoor space for reading, relaxing, or enjoying an unhurried meal. The well-equipped kitchen supports easy nights in, while the community pool provides another spot to unwind. The primary bedroom has a queen bed, and the second bedroom has two twin beds, making the layout convenient for a small family or group of friends. Its downtown location keeps Duval Street, Fort Zachary Taylor, Mallory Square, and many Old Town favorites close by throughout an extended stay.

9. Lavender Jungle

Lavender Jungle is a distinctive two-bedroom, one-bathroom first-floor condo in the Shipyard section of Truman Annex. True to its name, the home combines purplish-pink tones, African-inspired artwork, and tropical character to create a space that feels playful, warm, and unmistakably Key West. A spacious modern kitchen makes longer stays convenient, while the shared community pool is ready for afternoons in the sun. The quiet neighborhood offers a restful place to recharge without giving up easy access to the action. Duval Street, Old Town dining, historic landmarks, and Fort Zachary Taylor are all within walking or biking distance. Lavender Jungle is an inviting option for guests who appreciate personality, color, and a central island location.

10. La Casita

La Casita is a charming two-bedroom retreat tucked onto a quiet lane in the heart of Old Town. The location makes it easy to experience Key West like a local: Blue Heaven, the Ernest Hemingway Home and Museum, the Key West Lighthouse, and Duval Street are all just around the corner. Inside, thoughtful design and a fully equipped kitchen create a comfortable setting for a longer visit. Outside, a tropical landscaped courtyard offers a peaceful place to start the morning or unwind after exploring the island. With so much available on foot or by bike, guests can settle into a relaxed routine without needing to travel far. La Casita is a cozy and convenient choice for couples or a small group seeking an authentic Old Town stay.

These ten homes offer different ways to enjoy a longer Key West escape, from private-pool retreats to historic Old Town condos within walking distance of the island’s best-known sights. Explore more AvantStay vacation homes in Key West and find the space that fits your extended island stay.

Work from (Vacation) Home – AvantStay’s Best WFH Destinations

Working from home is so last year! Going forward, we vow to Work from Vacation Home. Whether you’re looking for a Zoom background to make your coworkers jealous, or need a clear space for a clear mind, this round-up includes some of our favorite WF(V)H spots where you can disconnect to reconnect, and hit that mental refresh button.

1. Edendale  – Los Angeles, CA

Los Angeles California AvantStay vacation rental house

Looking for inspiration? Search no further than Edendale in this Hollywood Hills WFH space – where you’ll have access to a comfortable bedroom desk set-up, lightning fast WiFi, and plenty of lounging areas to take that well-deserved Siesta. When the work day’s all said and done, head to the must-see Hollywood sign for a sunset to remember.

2. Edgewater – Destin, FL

Destin Florida AvantStay vacation rent

Where work meets water. This home is bringing nostalgia back! As a summer-camp worthy lake house with an extended dock for all those summertime hangs, Edgewater is the home you always dreamed of as a kid. Spend nights toasting s’mores with your crew, then engage in friendly competition with a healthy selection of games in the dedicated game room.

3. Bay Breeze – Newport Beach, CA

Newport beach California AvantStay vacation rental

Breathe in, breathe out, and say hello to a cleansed mental palette, perfect for tackling work tasks – true to its name, Bay Breeze is great for fresh air and cool bayside breezes. This home comes with its own dock, paddleboards, fire pit, and gaming area, making it ideal for a decompression session after your 9-5.

4. Crystalline – Smoky Mountains, TN

Smoky Mountains Tennessee indoor pool AvantStay vacation rental house

Work from comfort in this quintessential mountain home, Crystalline, surrounded by the Great Smoky National Park. This stay comes with a desk right by the expansive wraparound patio, so you can get all of those Zoom calls out of the way with a view before you regroup with the crew for a drink or too. In Tennessee, it’s always 5 o’clock somewhere!

5. Juniper – Lake Tahoe, CA

Lake Tahoe California balcony AvantStay vacation rent

This Taho(m)e is the perfect retreat from bustling city life. Our favorite part about Juniper is how the decor mimics the beauty of the surrounding forest. At the end of the workday, sip on wine and watch the sun grace the horizon as you cheers to a work day well done!

6. Encore – Park City, UT

Park City Utah AvantStay vacation rental

ISO a laid-back mountain town home to work from? Meet Encore in Park City, UT. This is the home for those who are looking for a change of pace, and a new Zoom background. With relaxed dwellings and the smell of the mountain air, this stay makes for the perfect getaway to get through your to-do list with a clear, stress-free mind.

7. Moonshine – Coachella Valley, CA

Coachella Valley California exterior AvantStay vacation rental

This majestic home has the best for both work and play. Let Moonshine’s natural beauty put you in the right headspace for getting work done, then enjoy a nice cocktail after a great WFH day – we suggest working from the pool. Nestled in the natural desert setting of Southern California, you’ll also enjoy being a stone’s throw away from any of the many fests you may find yourself at while staying in Coachella Valley.

8. Barton – Austin, TX

Austin Texas AvantStay vacation rent

Tackle your mountain-high inbox at this hilltop home, situated in the Austin, TX hill country. With a shaded outdoor desk and poolside chairs, you’ll find countless ways to work outside and soak in fresh air. Our personal favorite spot in Barton is on the upstairs deck, pictured above, where you’re guaranteed the best natural lighting for all those Google Meets you have.

9. Matador – Malibu, CA

Malibu California oceanview AvantStay vacation rent

The ultimate sanctuary to escape the bustling energy of the city and focus on those long-term projects. Matador is a bright and energetic space with multiple areas to lounge in. Head outside and take in the smells of the ocean. This work from home space doesn’t come with a desk per se, but you just can’t beat working on an oceanfront patio.

Work hard, play hard. We understand the basic, human need for a mental refresh – and we get that that usually comes with a change of your surroundings (a little vacation never hurt anyone, right?). In true AvantStay fashion, we’ve created a special Work-Friendly Space tag for all homes that support fast WiFi and remote workspaces. Download our app here and look for the tag to find your ideal WF(V)H space.

6 Best Hilton Head Airbnbs with a Beachfront

Wake up to the sound of waves, step onto your private balcony with panoramic ocean views, and spend your days lounging by the pool, exploring scenic bike trails, or dining at waterfront restaurants.

Nothing says ultimate coastal getaway quite like Hilton Head Island. With pristine beaches, world-class golf courses, and endless outdoor adventures, this Lowcountry gem is the perfect destination for travelers craving sun, sand, and relaxation. 

Whether you’re looking for a luxurious oceanfront estate, a private island retreat, or a stylish beach house with stunning beach views, we’ve rounded up the 6 best Hilton Head Airbnbs—each offering unbeatable beach views and direct access to the sand.

These top-tier vacation rentals will make your Hilton Head escape one to remember. 

11 Singleton Beach

6  Bedrooms | 12 Guests

Your own private beachfront paradise. Wake to ocean waves at your doorstep. Experience oceanfront luxury like never before at 11 Singleton Beach. Hilton Head’s most pristine coastal retreat—where the Atlantic Ocean isn’t just a view, it’s your backyard!

This six-bedroom, 6-bath coastal retreat is perched directly on Singleton Beach, one of Hilton Head’s most peaceful stretches of pristine shoreline. 

Whether you’re hosting a family reunion or a getaway with friends, this home delivers effortless luxury and extraordinary moments at every turn.

Key Amenities:

  • Direct beachfront location with private boardwalk access
  • Private pool facing the beach
  • Multiple balconies for direct views of the sea
  • Fully equipped gourmet kitchen and BBQ grill available
  • Poolside patio perfect for sunset cocktails
  • 2 fireplaces 
  • Minutes from Shelter Cove, Palmetto Dunes, golf courses & boutiques
  • Garage parking for 2 cars + driveway parking for 4 cars

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

South Beach Serenity

6  Bedrooms | 14 Guests

Who’s ready for the ultimate beachfront bash? Get ready to soak up some peaceful luxury! South Beach Serenity is your front-row seat to paradise in Hilton Head that offers direct beach access. 

Wake up to panoramic ocean views and start your day lounging by the private pool or sipping coffee on the elevated sun terrace—the perfect spot to take in the sea breeze. The floor-to-ceiling windows create a bright, airy ambiance inside the house, with plenty of cozy seating areas for gathering. 

Find the perfect balance of comfort and tranquility, an invitation to experience the laid-back vibes.

Key Amenities:

  • Beachfront location with direct access
  • Private pool & spacious patio for lounging
  • Elevated sun terrace with ocean views
  • Dedicated movie room with plush, sectional seating
  • Chef’s kitchen with barstool seating & dining area
  • Six elegant bedrooms (some with ensuite baths & outdoor access)
  • Easy parking (up to 8 vehicles) & in-home laundry

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

Sandpiper

4 Bedrooms | 8 Guests

They just don’t make them like this anymore. Sandpiper is a true Hilton Head gem—a historic beachfront retreat that meets coastal serenity. Tucked among towering trees for privacy yet just steps from the sand, this timeless beach house invites you to experience the simple pleasures of island life.

Inside, painted wood walls, soft interiors, and vintage details create a cozy yet airy atmosphere. Every corner inside the house tells a story, and outside, a picturesque backyard is made for slow, sun-soaked days. And when the stars come out, gather on the deck with a nightcap and let the ocean breeze lull you into relaxation.

Sandpiper is the perfect home base for coastal nostalgia and unforgettable beach days.

Key Amenities:

  • Beachfront location with direct access
  • Private balcony with rocking chairs
  • Foosball table in a sunroom
  • BBQ grill & outdoor dining area
  • Hammock & shaded lounging spots
  • Old-fashioned kitchen & cozy fireplace
  • Spiral staircase & unique vintage decor
  • Quiet, tree-shaded lot for extra privacy

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

20 Bradley Circle

10  Bedrooms | 20 Guests

Luxury, space, and direct beach access—it doesn’t get better than 20 Bradley Circle. This newly built, multi-million dollar estate is set in Hilton Head’s exclusive Singleton Beach. Whether you’re planning a family reunion, corporate retreat, wedding, or group getaway, this home delivers one-of-a-kind comfort, convenience, and stunning ocean views.

Start your day by taking a dip in the infinity pool while the sea breeze drifts in. Inside, the open-concept living space features designer finishes with bedrooms enough for your entire group to spread out in absolute luxury.

For an unforgettable island escape, stay at 20 Bradley Circle and maybe have a chance of seeing dolphins!

Bonus: Need a bigger space for your large group? You can also rent out the Bradley Circle Buyout, which can cater to 48 guests with 20 bedrooms!

Key Amenities:

  • Direct private beach access via boardwalk
  • Infinity pool & poolside lounge
  • Four covered balconies with coastal seating areas
  • 10 spacious bedrooms, each with a private ensuite bathroom
  • Two full kitchens & formal dining for 14
  • Fourth-floor entertainment space with in-home bar & dining area
  • Two laundry rooms & a dedicated office for remote work
  • In-home elevator (available Apr 2025) for added convenience

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

Lido

6 Bedrooms | 16 Guests

At Lido, the only thing better than the beachfront location in Hilton Head is the endless ways to enjoy it. A stunning retreat perfect for large groups where you can wake up to ocean views and enjoy your morning coffee on the spacious balcony or step right outside and sink your toes into the sand.

But it’s the unexpected extras that make this home truly unforgettable—because where else can you find an indoor putting green, billiards table, and a private beachfront pool and hot tub all in one place?

Every moment at Lido is designed for laid-back luxury as your ultimate oceanfront getaway.

Key Amenities:

  • Beachfront location with direct access
  • Private pool & hot tub facing the ocean
  • An indoor putting green
  • Billiards table for friendly competition
  • Full chef’s kitchen for group dining
  • Multiple balconies with ocean views
  • Modern coastal design & soft furnishings

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

Sea Pine

6 Bedrooms | 16 Guests

Just blocks from the beach, Sea Pine combines sophisticated coastal style with laid-back island living. Spend sunny afternoons relaxing on the deck, gather around the fire pit for evening cocktails, or enjoy an alfresco meal beneath the trees.

Inside, bright gathering spaces give everyone room to unwind. Pour a drink from the wet bar, put a record on, or head to the game room for a friendly round of billiards.

Key Amenities:

  • Beach located just blocks away
  • Outdoor deck with chaises, dining space, and fire pit
  • Game room with billiards table
  • Wet bar and record player
  • Fully equipped kitchen and BBQ grill
  • Near Sea Pines Beach Club, bike rentals, golf, and dining

Book on Airbnb | 👉🏻 Book with AvantStay (Best Price)

Related Hilton Head Reads: 

Seasonal Activities and Events in Hilton Head

Summer (June to August)

  • Beach Activities: Enjoy swimming, sunbathing, and water sports like kayaking or paddleboarding.
  • Outdoor Concerts: Attend live music events at Coligny Plaza or Shelter Cove Harbour.
  • Fireworks Displays: Watch spectacular fireworks on Independence Day and other summer evenings.

Winter (December to February)

  • Holiday Festivals: Experience the festive atmosphere with Christmas lights and decorations across the island.
  • Cozy Nights: Enjoy cozy evenings by fireplaces in many of the island’s resorts and homes.
  • Winter Bird Watching: Explore the island’s nature preserves to spot migratory birds.

Spring (March to May)

  • Nature Walks: Take guided tours through nature preserves to see blooming flowers and wildlife.
  • Cultural Events: Attend festivals celebrating local culture, such as the Hilton Head Island Wine & Food Festival.
  • Garden Tours: Visit local gardens and estates to admire spring blooms.

Fall (September to November)

  • Fall Festivals: Enjoy harvest-themed festivals with local food, crafts, and live music.
  • Outdoor Activities: Engage in hiking, biking, or kayaking while enjoying the cooler weather.
  • Golfing: Take advantage of pleasant fall weather for golfing at one of the many courses.

Escape to Oceanfront Luxury

Wake up to sunrise ocean vistas, soak up the Southern charm, and enjoy endless opportunities for relaxation and adventure. Find your perfect Hilton Head retreat and book an unforgettable escape with AvantStay!

7 Best Hilton Head VRBO Alternatives

Looking for a top-tier Hilton Head retreat but you’re overwhelmed by the options on Airbnb or Vrbo? We’ve got you covered! 

AvantStay offers a large selection of upscale escapes, complete with inspiring design and plenty of available upgrades via the app. With consistent experiences, group-friendly amenities, and incredible interiors, there’s no guesswork needed here.

Hilton Head offers 12 miles of gorgeous shoreline, tons of outdoor areas and preserves, and a luxe culinary and golf scene. There are plenty of beaches, nature, entertainment, and shopping to explore on the island, while the mainland remains easily accessible just over the bridge. Something as simple as a scenic drive is enough to take your breath away as you pass East-coast woods and babbling rivers. If you’re looking for something more exciting, there’s plenty of fresh seafood, live music, and rich history to explore.

With homes near the beach, surrounded by golf courses, and with incredible ocean views, AvantStay’s options are endless. No matter what’s on your “must-haves” wishlist, these seven vacation rentals have you covered.

1. Lido – I want the beach in my backyard.

A quick stroll down your private boardwalk puts you on the shores of Singleton Beach. At Lido, sandy shores are literally in your backyard. When you’re done lounging near the waves, a beach-facing pool and hot tub, unique indoor putting green, and a game room with billiards and shuffleboard are all waiting back at home.

2. Coastal Marsh – I need lots of space.

With six bedrooms across three stories, Coastal Marsh gives large groups plenty of room to gather, play, and recharge. Easy access to Singleton Beach keeps beach days within reach, while the private infinity pool, hot tub, and spacious patio overlook peaceful coastal marshes.

Inside, the airy living area, gourmet chef’s kitchen, and large dining table make group meals effortless. The lower-level lounge features a pool table and bar, while a second game room offers ping pong and cornhole. Multiple balconies, alfresco dining, and a BBQ grill complete this group-ready Hilton Head escape.

3. Dory – Put me near the eats!

If you’re looking to experience the best of Hilton Head’s food scene, Dory lands you near some of our favorites. From fine seafood to casual bites, there’s something here for any palate. At home, you’ll find a private pool and hot tub, game room and yoga studio, and rustic yet contemporary beachy decor.

4. Hilton Lagoon – I’m ready to hit the green.

Surrounded by lush courses, Hilton Lagoon puts the best of the area’s golfing at your fingertips. Choose from multiple championship and luxury golf courses, all nearby. Back at home, your backyard features a private pool surrounded by greenery, giving you a luxe sense of privacy after a day of perfecting your swing.

5. Sandpiper – I want to fall asleep to the sound of waves.

Modern design with crashing waves right outside. At Sandpiper, chic details like a spiral staircase, wide hammock, and interior fireplace combine with unbeatable backyard beach access to give you a Hilton Head experience like never before. Throw open the windows. There’s no shortage of fresh, salty air here.

6. Birdie- Give me chic neutrals and coastal-inspired design.

Birdie boasts a contemporary aesthetic like no other. From al fresco meals at the gorgeous outdoor dining table to music sessions near the guitar and record player, every corner of this home feels like a photo op. Chill out among the bright neutrals in the front living room and sunny dining area, or get moody with the darker decor in the second family area. 

After lounging by your private pool, head out to explore Harbour Town, where you can enjoy restaurants, shopping, watersports, live music, and the famed cane-striped lighthouse.

7. Sea Pine – I love tons of outdoor space.

With three massive deck areas, Sea Pine gives you space to spread out. Gather around the fire pit, dine under open skies at the outdoor table, or grab a lounger under an umbrella. Huge sliding glass doors and floor-to-ceiling windows in the living room bring the outside in, where you’ll find stone finishes, modern decor, and four bright bedrooms. Late-night hangouts are a breeze in the airy game room featuring billiards, a wet bar, and a double-sided fireplace. 

Ready to plan your trip to Hilton Head? Be sure to check out our Hilton Head vacation rentals.

The Best Time to Visit Los Angeles

Step into the heart of entertainment where your dreams become a reality. Los Angeles is where Hollywood glamour, beachside relaxation, and world-class museums showcase incredible art and the spirit of creativity. 

Flowing through every neighborhood from Venice Beach to Beverly Hills, Los Angeles, and the greater Southern California region presents an extraordinary and sophisticated destination for the perfect California vibes.

This metropolis transforms throughout the year, offering visitors diverse experiences based on when they choose to explore its countless attractions. And each season brings unique advantages to this City of Angels, from award season glamour to perfect beach weather. 

If you’re looking to add Hollywood studios tours, world-class shopping, or simply soaking up the California sunshine to your travel itinerary, here’s your complete guide to choosing the best time to visit Los Angeles and creating your ultimate city escape.

We’ll show you what each season is like in LA, what the weather’s like for each month, cool events happening, and fun things to do. Plus, we’ll help you find the perfect place to stay!

About Los Angeles, CA

Los Angeles is huge! It’s the entertainment capital of the world and home to Hollywood, amazing beaches, and more than 400 different neighborhoods. Each area has its own personality. The city has different weather in different places – it’s cooler near the ocean and warmer inland.

LA has warm, dry summers and mild, wet winters. Temperatures usually stay between 48°F and 85°F. It almost never gets below 42°F or above 93°F. Los Angeles gets sunshine 263 days a year, which makes it perfect for being outside almost anytime.

Los Angeles Travel Seasons at a Glance

Understanding LA’s seasonal rhythms can help you plan the perfect urban adventure. Here’s when LA gets busy and when it’s quieter.

Busy Times: June to August and December

Summer brings the most people because families are on vacation and the beach weather is perfect. Hotels cost more, and attractions are crowded. Most people visit from mid-June to mid-August when it’s warmest. December is also busy because of holidays and award shows.

Good Times: March to May and September to November

These months have nice weather and cleaner air, plus way fewer crowds. Travel experts say these are the best times to visit LA. Spring has pretty flowers blooming, and fall has great weather with fewer tourists.

Quiet Times: January to February

Winter months are the quietest, with the best hotel deals and smallest crowds. Some attractions might have shorter hours, though. It’s usually pretty quiet except for holiday weeks and weekends.

Why Visit Los Angeles?

LA is way more than just Hollywood and celebrities. This huge city offers amazing experiences that mix movie magic with real California life. You can visit world-famous museums like LACMA and the Getty Center, or hit the beach anywhere from Malibu to Manhattan Beach.

You can tour movie studios like Universal and Warner Bros, or watch TV shows being filmed live. Shopping ranges from super expensive Rodeo Drive to fun Venice Beach vendors. The food scene is incredible – everything from food trucks to fancy restaurants.

LA has people from all over the world. You can visit Koreatown, Little Tokyo, and Olvera Street for authentic food and culture. The city loves outdoor living with hiking trails in Griffith Park, beach activities, and rooftop hangouts with amazing city views.

The weather is almost always nice, so there are outdoor concerts, farmers’ markets, and street festivals happening all year long.

Your Month-by-Month Guide to Los Angeles

  • Los Angeles in January: Cool winter weather, fewest people, award season starts
  • Los Angeles in February: Nice temperatures, still quiet, Grammy and Oscar prep
  • Los Angeles in March: Spring weather starts, flowers bloom, and more people come
  • Los Angeles in April: Perfect temperatures, great hiking weather, ideal time to visit
  • Los Angeles in May: Warm, nice days, last month before summer crowds, beautiful weather
  • Los Angeles in June: Summer starts, beach season begins, more visitors
  • Los Angeles in July: Hottest weather, most crowded, longest sunny days
  • Los Angeles in August: Still hot, busy summer season, perfect beach weather
  • Los Angeles in September: Great weather returns, fewer crowds, ideal time
  • Los Angeles in October: Perfect fall temperatures, Halloween fun, awesome weather
  • Los Angeles in November: Comfortable weather, holiday prep, beautiful days
  • Los Angeles in December: Cool winter weather, holiday events, award season is coming

When Is the Best Time to Visit Los Angeles?

The best time to visit Los Angeles is March through May and September through November. Temperatures are between the 50s and 80s, which makes walking around and visiting outdoor places really comfortable. You get great weather, not too many crowds, and good conditions for everything you want to do.

These shoulder seasons give you lots of benefits like fewer crowds, cheaper hotels and flights, and better travel experiences overall.

Visiting in Spring (March to May)

Spring is when LA looks its best. The city wakes up from winter with perfect weather and flowers blooming everywhere. Daily highs are around 75°F, lows rarely go below 45°F, and it barely rains.

This is perfect weather for exploring LA’s outdoor attractions, from hiking in Griffith Park to hanging out at the beach. The nice temperatures make spring great for walking tours, eating outside, and rooftop experiences without the crazy summer heat.

Los Angeles Weather in Spring

  • March: 50°F (low) / 72°F (high) | Rain: 2.4 inches
  • April: 54°F (low) / 75°F (high) | Rain: 1.0 inch
  • May: 59°F (low) / 78°F (high) | Rain: 0.3 inches

Things to Do in Los Angeles During Spring

Spring weather makes everything in LA more fun. Beach weather becomes perfect, and hiking trails are great without the summer heat. Theme parks and outdoor places are ideal for visiting with manageable crowds.

The nice temperatures make spring perfect for checking out different areas like Downtown LA, Beverly Hills, and Santa Monica. Spring evenings are great for rooftop dining, outdoor concerts, and watching sunsets at the beach.

Los Angeles Events in Spring

  • Oscar Season (February-March) – Academy Awards ceremony and parties
  • LA Times Festival of Books (April) – Huge book celebration at USC
  • Fiesta Broadway (April) – Cinco de Mayo celebration on Broadway
  • Cherry Blossom Festival (March-April) – Japanese culture celebration in Little Tokyo

Local Eats in Los Angeles During Spring

Spring has perfect weather for eating outside all over LA’s different neighborhoods. Restaurant patios have great city views, and food truck festivals happen because of the nice weather. The comfortable temperatures make it perfect for trying LA’s amazing food scene, from Korean BBQ to Mexican street food.

Los Angeles Travel Tips During Spring

Spring brings lots of visitors, so book hotels and popular attractions early. Pack layers because it can be different temperatures near the beach versus inland. This is a great time for first-time visitors to experience everything LA has to offer.

Visiting in Summer (June to August)

Summer has perfect beach weather with highs in the lower 80s and lows in the lower 60s. It basically doesn’t rain at all in July and August. This season is perfect for beach activities, and you get the most daylight hours for sightseeing.

Summer gives you the best beach weather and outdoor concerts, but it also brings the most crowds and the highest hotel prices. You get long days and consistently great weather for outdoor activities.

Los Angeles Weather in Summer

  • June: 62°F (low) / 82°F (high) | Rain: 0.1 inches
  • July: 66°F (low) / 85°F (high) | Rain: 0.0 inches
  • August: 66°F (low) / 85°F (high) | Rain: 0.1 inches

Things to Do in Los Angeles During Summer

Summer activities focus on LA’s incredible beaches and outdoor entertainment. Beach conditions are perfect from Malibu to Manhattan Beach. Outdoor concerts and festivals take advantage of clear skies. Theme parks stay open longer, and rooftop places offer perfect evening experiences.

The dry weather is great for hiking, and coastal areas stay cooler because of ocean breezes. Summer’s long days let you pack in beach time, cultural attractions, and evening entertainment.

Los Angeles Events in Summer

  • Hollywood Bowl Season (June-September) – Outdoor concerts under the stars
  • Sunset Strip Music Festival (August) – Street festival celebrating music history
  • LA County Fair (August-September) – Traditional county fair in Pomona
  • Beach Volleyball Tournaments (June-August) – Professional competitions along the coast

Local Eats in Los Angeles During Summer

Summer dining focuses on fresh, light food perfect for warm weather. Beachside restaurants have ocean views, and rooftop dining shows off city views. Food truck gatherings and outdoor markets do great during summer’s perfect weather.

Los Angeles Travel Tips During Summer

Summer requires booking hotels and popular attractions early because of high demand. Pack sunscreen and light layers for coastal weather changes. Try doing popular attractions early in the morning to avoid crowds and heat.

Visiting in Fall (September to November)

Fall is an awesome time to visit Los Angeles, especially September through November. The weather is pleasant with comfortable temperatures, cleaner air, and fewer crowds. This season has some of LA’s most perfect conditions with great weather and fewer tourists.

Fall keeps comfortable temperatures perfect for all outdoor activities, while the air gets cleaner as summer heat goes away. The season offers great value with manageable crowds and beautiful weather for exploring the city.

Los Angeles Weather in Fall

  • September: 64°F (low) / 85°F (high) | Rain: 0.2 inches
  • October: 58°F (low) / 79°F (high) | Rain: 0.6 inches
  • November: 52°F (low) / 73°F (high) | Rain: 1.1 inches

Things to Do in Los Angeles During Fall

Fall has great conditions for all LA activities. Beach weather stays comfortable, and hiking becomes more pleasant as temperatures cool down. Cultural attractions and museums are perfect for visiting without summer crowds.

The stable weather makes fall perfect for exploring neighborhoods, from Hollywood walking tours to Beverly Hills shopping. Fall evenings are perfect for outdoor dining and rooftop experiences with stunning city views.

Los Angeles Events in Fall

  • Halloween Celebrations (October) – West Hollywood Halloween Carnival and themed events
  • Day of the Dead (November) – Cultural celebrations in Latino neighborhoods
  • LA Auto Show (November) – Major car show at the Convention Center
  • Film Festival Season (October-November) – Various independent film festivals

Local Eats in Los Angeles During Fall

Fall dining shows off seasonal ingredients and comfortable outdoor dining weather. Restaurant patios have perfect conditions, and farmers’ markets feature seasonal produce. The pleasant weather makes it easy to explore restaurants throughout LA’s diverse neighborhoods.

Los Angeles Travel Tips During Fall

Fall offers great weather and crowd balance with manageable visitor levels. Pack light layers for temperature differences between coastal and inland areas. Take advantage of shoulder season pricing and less crowded attractions during this ideal time.

Visiting in Winter (December to February)

Winter brings mild conditions with average temperatures of 48°F to 68°F. The city stays mostly dry but has a rainy season with some precipitation. This season offers unique experiences like award shows and holiday celebrations throughout the city.

Winter has comfortable temperatures for visitors and locals, with clear, crisp days perfect for sightseeing and outdoor activities. The season offers great value with smaller crowds and lower hotel rates.

Los Angeles Weather in Winter

  • December: 48°F (low) / 68°F (high) | Rain: 2.3 inches
  • January: 48°F (low) / 68°F (high) | Rain: 3.1 inches
  • February: 50°F (low) / 70°F (high) | Rain: 3.0 inches

Things to Do in Los Angeles During Winter

Winter activities take advantage of mild temperatures and clear air. Cultural attractions become especially appealing, and hiking trails offer great conditions without summer heat. Beach activities are still possible with comfortable daytime temperatures.

The comfortable conditions make winter perfect for exploring museums, shopping areas, and cultural neighborhoods. Winter evenings are cozy for indoor entertainment and dining experiences.

Los Angeles Events in Winter

  • Rose Parade (January 1) – New Year’s Day tradition in Pasadena
  • Golden Globes (January) – Major Hollywood awards ceremony
  • Academy Awards (February-March) – Hollywood’s biggest night
  • Chinese New Year (January-February) – Celebrations in Chinatown

Local Eats in Los Angeles During Winter

Winter dining features comfort foods and cozy restaurant experiences throughout LA’s neighborhoods. Many places offer special winter menus, and the mild weather still allows for some outdoor dining on warmer days.

Los Angeles Travel Tips During Winter

Winter offers great value with smaller crowds and reasonable hotel rates. Pack layers for temperature changes and light rain gear for occasional showers. Take advantage of cultural events and indoor attractions during the cooler season.

Best Time of the Year to Visit Los Angeles (By Interest)

LA’s great climate and diverse attractions make timing important for getting the most out of specific experiences. Here’s when to go based on what you want to do:

For Less Crowd: January to February and Weekdays Year-Round

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Smallest Crowds

Winter months give you the most space at popular attractions. Visiting Tuesday through Thursday any season, helps you avoid weekend crowds at beaches and tourist spots.

For Perfect Weather: March to May and September to November

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Perfect Weather

These times give you ideal temperatures, minimal rain, and great air quality without summer crowds or winter’s occasional rain.

For Beach Activities: June to October

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Beach Activities

Warmest water temperatures and consistent sunshine make these months the best for coastal activities, swimming, and beach relaxation.

For Cultural Events: January to March and October to December

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Cultural Events

Award season brings glamour and excitement, while fall/winter cultural seasons offer museum exhibitions, theater shows, and art events.

For Hiking: March to May and September to November

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Hiking

Comfortable temperatures and clear air create perfect conditions for exploring LA’s many hiking trails and outdoor attractions.

For Best Value: January to February and November

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Best Value

Off-peak times offer big savings on hotels and attractions while still giving you great weather and experiences.

For Photography: March to May and September to November

Best Time to Visit Los Angeles for Photography

Perfect lighting, clear air, and comfortable temperatures create ideal conditions for capturing LA’s diverse landscapes and urban beauty.

Where to Stay in Los Angeles

Find accommodations that perfectly capture Los Angeles’ urban style while providing modern luxury and stunning city or ocean views. Here are five amazing Los Angeles vacation homes available to rent with AvantStay:

  • Casa Bellagio – Luxury hillside living in Bel-Air canyon country with a private pool, hot tub, and sweeping treetop views.
  • The Martel House – A gated modern compound just off Melrose with a private pool, putting the best of the LA lifestyle at your doorstep.
  • North Vista – A hillside sanctuary with complete amenities for the best LA experience.
  • Shenandoah – Sophisticated yet homey, modern, and luxurious home in the heart of LA.
  • Venice View – Our stunning beachside property with easy access to Venice Beach.

Create Your Los Angeles Itinerary

Ready to plan your city adventure? Let our experienced team handle every detail of your Los Angeles experience! Our concierge service can set up studio tours, restaurant reservations, and unique urban experiences.

Simply contact us or download the AvantStay App to book additional experiences, get insider city tips, and manage your entire stay through one easy platform.

Ready to Plan Your Los Angeles Adventure?

No matter when you choose to visit, Los Angeles’ diverse neighborhoods and endless entertainment will create lasting memories. The city’s perfect mix of urban sophistication and California chill lifestyle means every visit offers excitement and discovery.

We have the perfect urban sanctuary waiting for you. Book with AvantStay today and discover how amazing city vacations can be when you experience Los Angeles’ timeless glamour and endless possibilities.

FAQs

Is Los Angeles expensive to visit?

Los Angeles can be pricey during busy seasons (summer and December) when hotels cost more because of high demand and perfect weather. However, you can find great value during winter months (January-February) when you’ll get lower rates, fewer crowds, and mild weather perfect for sightseeing and cultural activities.

How busy does Los Angeles get?

Peak seasons bring big crowds, especially at popular places like the Hollywood Walk of Fame, Santa Monica Pier, and theme parks. For more peaceful experiences, visit during shoulder seasons (March-May, September-November) or explore lesser-known neighborhoods and attractions during weekdays.

When to avoid Los Angeles?

Summer months (June-August) bring the biggest crowds and highest prices, though the weather stays great. Holiday periods (Thanksgiving, Christmas, New Year’s) create peak congestion and premium rates. However, LA’s mild Mediterranean climate makes it enjoyable year-round with proper planning and realistic expectations about crowds and costs.

30 Best Holiday Themed Rentals for Festive Getaways

Holiday weekends deserve more than just another hotel room. Holiday themed rentals give you the space, amenities, and atmosphere hotels can’t match. 

If you’re gathering your family, friends, and loved ones for Thanksgiving dinner, watching Fourth of July fireworks, or counting down to midnight on New Year’s Eve, the right home turns good holidays into unforgettable ones. 

These aren’t just places to sleep, but they’ll be where your family traditions happen, friends reconnect, and celebrations feel truly special.

Best Holiday Themed Homes by AvantStay

From fully equipped kitchens for feast preparation to outdoor spaces perfect for summer BBQs, these homes are built for celebration. 

Jump to the section that matches your holiday plans and find your perfect festive escape.

Each section features our 5 hand-picked homes ready to host your holiday celebration. Find the one that matches your group size, location preference, and holiday vibe today.

Thanksgiving Themed Rentals

Thanksgiving means gathering everyone around one table for a feast worth remembering. Our Thanksgiving-themed rentals offer the space, kitchens, and cozy atmosphere that make turkey day special.

Indio Escape – Coachella Valley, California

Can accommodate up to 14 guests | 5 beds and 3 baths

Bringing modern desert luxury to your Thanksgiving celebration, Indio Escape gives the whole family room to spread out under sunny November skies that beat any cold-weather holiday. The freshly renovated layout, sparkling pool, and quiet residential setting also create the perfect backdrop for family photos and lazy afternoons between turkey and pie.

Why Indio Escape is best for Thanksgiving: The pool, hot tub, and fire pit give everyone a place to unwind after the big meal, while the converted-garage home theater with an 85-inch screen and reclining chairs turns post-dinner football watching into the day’s main event. You’re also just minutes from Old Town La Quinta and the rest of Coachella Valley’s shopping and dining.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“My family stayed at this location for a Palms Springs Christmas vacation. This location was perfect for the eight of us. The location was great for visiting many things in and near the Coachella valley: Joshua Tree National Park, The Living Desert Zoo and Gardens, Palm Springs Tram, and the local cities. The house was spacious, very comfortable with a well-stocked kitchen. We were able to enjoy movies together in the living room and media/play room. We only had to contact the host for one issue, and they were very responsive.” – Brian

👉 Book Indio Escape

Sunshine Ridge – Orlando, Florida

Can accommodate up to 21 guests | 9 beds and 6 baths

Sunshine Ridge offers the space and comfort needed for big family Thanksgiving gatherings in sunny Florida. This home can handle multiple generations easily, while also being near Orlando’s attractions. This means kids can stay entertained while adults prep the holiday feast.

Why Sunshine Ridge is best for Thanksgiving: The home provides enough space so nobody feels cramped. This home has plenty of bedrooms and living areas where everyone finds their perfect spot. It is also close to theme parks for post-Turkey Day adventures.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We will definitely return. From check in our stay was great. I received a text from our team who assured us they were a text away during our stay. There was no text that went unnoticed. They were attentive to our concerns and supported us when needed. The home was beautiful and looked just like the photos. There was plenty of room for our intergenerational family to enjoy each other for Thanksgiving. If looking for a lovely vacation home this is it. You won’t be disappointed.” – Merlong T.

👉 Book Sunshine Ridge

Caterina Dusi Vineyard – Paso Robles, California

Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 2 baths

Sitting right in California wine country, Caterina Dusi Vineyard is where rolling vineyard views and peaceful surroundings create the perfect Thanksgiving retreat. Small families will find this spot ideal for intimate holiday celebrations away from city noise. 

Why Caterina Dusi Vineyard is best for Thanksgiving: The wine cellar, home gym, its stunning vineyard views, and being in the perfect location make this home feel like a special occasion. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This home is lovely and was perfect for our small family Thanksgiving. Such a nice touch leaving a roasting pan, et al, for Thanksgiving dinner. The home is in a perfect spot and the views are amazing.” – Michael R.

👉 Book Caterina Dusi Vineyard

Duval Sea Turtle – Key West, Florida

Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

Trade turkey and snow for palm trees and ocean breezes while still keeping the Thanksgiving spirit alive at Duval Sea Turtle. This is the home that gives smaller groups the perfect Key West condo for Thanksgiving weekend, away from traditional cold-weather holidays. 

Why Duval Sea Turtle is best for Thanksgiving: This home is great for couples or small families who want a non-traditional but still special Thanksgiving in a tropical paradise. It is also just a walking distance away from Key West attractions and waterfront dining.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We stayed for a long Thanksgiving weekend. The Condo suited our needs of 5 people, and the hosts were great to work with! They communicated via text message throughout the trip to make sure we had everything we needed. Would happily recommend this condo and the hosts again!” – Autumn S.

👉 Book Duval Sea Turtle

The Ridge at Canyons Village – Park City, Utah

Can accommodate up to 15 guests | 5 beds and 5 baths

The Ridge at Canyons Village puts you in the heart of Park City, where mountain beauty and holiday festivities come together perfectly. The kitchen comes equipped with plenty of cooking supplies essential for preparing your Thanksgiving feast. 

\Why The Ridge at Canyons Village is best for Thanksgiving: The location of this home offers the best access to Park City’s holiday events. You will also be just minutes away from world-class skiing and downtown Park City.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We absolutely loved the location of this residence. There was a tree lighting festival with fireworks that we could watch from the kitchen window. The home is well equipped with plenty of cooking dishes which was great for our Thanksgiving stay. I also loved the responsiveness of our host. When I asked a question, it was answered within an hour. Thank you for the enjoyable stay.” – Lisa S.

👉 Book The Ridge at Canyons Village

Christmas Themed Rentals

Christmas magic happens in spaces designed for the season. Our Christmas-themed rentals bring festive cheer with decorations, cozy fireplaces, and Christmas market locations perfect for winter wonderland adventures.

Green Mountain Lodge – Smoky Mountains, Tennessee

Can accommodate up to 28 guests | 8 beds and 9 baths

Christmas for a crowd, handled. Green Mountain Lodge tucks nearly 5,800 square feet into the wooded hills minutes from Pigeon Forge’s parkway, with eight ensuite bedrooms so 28 people can gather all day and still each have a door to close at night. The great room does the heavy lifting — stone fireplace, deep sectional, and the kind of space where everyone naturally ends up by evening.

Why Green Mountain Lodge is best for Christmas: The dining table seats the whole crew with barstool overflow at the island, and the kitchen is built for holiday cooking rather than one person hiding in it for six hours. When dinner’s done, a covered bridge leads to a private indoor pool that’s open regardless of December weather, and the game room runs pool, foosball, air hockey, and arcade cabinets side by side so nobody waits a turn. Out on the wraparound deck there’s a hot tub under ambient lighting, and Dollywood and The Island are a short drive down the mountain. Parking fits eleven cars — which matters more than it sounds when the whole family drives in separately.

👉 Book Green Mountain Lodge

Laker’s Pointe – Poconos, Pennsylvania

Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 2.5 baths

125 English Ivy Ct.

Laker’s Pointe welcomes your Christmas celebration from a private peninsula on Deer Lake, where frosted water views set the holiday scene from nearly every room. The game room — stocked with poker, pool, ping pong, foosball, and a dry bar — keeps every generation entertained through snowy Poconos afternoons, while the lakefront hot tub turns clear winter nights into the trip’s highlight.

Why Laker’s Pointe is best for Christmas: You’re minutes from Big Boulder, Camelback, and Kalahari for winter adventures, and Emerald Lakes’ community passes include an indoor pool for swim days no matter the weather. Best of all, up to two dogs are welcome — so the whole family, furry members included, celebrates together.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had an unforgettable stay at Laker’s Pointe! This home was perfect for our family gathering of 10, offering breathtaking views from almost every corner. The kids couldn’t get enough of the downstairs lounge, fully stocked with a pool table, ping pong, and poker setups—it felt like their private arcade.”Caleb C.

👉 Book Laker’s Pointe

Grand Contento – Temecula, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 7 beds and 5 baths

Just walking distance to award-winning Temecula wineries and vineyards, Grand Contento showcases high ceilings and ornate wood trimmings. This property consists of a main house and a two-story guest house with its own full kitchen, billiards table, and 82-inch TV. 

The main house showcases high ceilings and ornate wood trimmings, while the two-story guest house features its own full kitchen, billiards table, and 82-inch TV. The 26-seat private movie theater turns Christmas movie nights into special events.

Why Grand Contento is best for Christmas: The 26-seat private movie theater turns Christmas movie nights into special events. The beautiful gazebo and outdoor kitchen by the  pool are also perfect for Christmas evening gatherings.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We rented this home for the Christmas Holiday. We had a mix of adults, teenagers and several under 4 years old. AvantStay went way above and beyond our expectations. First, the home is amazing. The floor plan was perfect. AvantStay took care of so many things for us including: (1) They put a fence around the pool to protect the little ones. (2) They had the home totally decorated for Christmas including a real tree, a real garland on the fireplace with a stocking for each child, and Christmas decorations throughout the home. (3) We had two Christmas dinners cooked and catered by an amazing chef. They were always easy to get a hold of and we all had a great time.” – Therese S.

👉 Book Grand Contento

303 D Port O Call – Coastal Charleston, South Carolina

Can accommodate up to 4 guests | 1 bed and 1 bath

303 D Port O Call offers a completely remodeled penthouse in Wild Dunes with stunning ocean views from every room. Including the foyer, screened porch, sleeping loft, and private rooftop balcony. There is also a modern chef’s kitchen and a spiral staircase that leads to a loft.

Why 303 D Port O Call is best for Christmas: The private 4th-floor rooftop balcony provides the best bird’s-eye views of the beach for a coastal Christmas unlike any other. While the screened porch lets you enjoy ocean breezes during mild South Carolina winter weather. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Our family had a wonderful stay at this condo. The views were breathtaking from both levels. The clean boho decor was beautiful and fun. The Christmas tree was on when we arrived which was a nice surprise. I love to cook and appreciated the quality utensils and cookware.” – Rhonda W.

👉 Book 303 D Port O Call

Wave On Wave – Port Aransas, Texas

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 3 beds and 2 baths

Bringing Texas beach vibes to your Christmas getaway, Wave On Wave is where palm trees replace the pine trees, but the holiday spirit stays strong. The safe neighborhood location also means kids can play outside while adults prep meals without constant supervision. 

Why Wave On Wave is best for Christmas: Families can trade snow boots for flip-flops while still enjoying festive decorations and family togetherness in a warm climate, since you will just be steps away from Port Aransas beaches. Plus to mention, you’ll have a private pool!

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This home was beautiful & clean. Safe, quiet neighborhood. The oversized ceiling fan was perfect for the middle of the day when the sun was beating in the windows. We didn’t cook while there, so can’t comment on the kitchen supplies. The pool was an added bonus. We loved the addition of the Seashore decorated Christmas tree. Very nice touch.” – Michelle G.

👉 Book Wave On Wave

New Year’s Eve Themed Rentals

Ring in the new and upcoming year of travels from our New Year’s-themed homes. Stay in a home with the best views of the fireworks, countdown parties, and spaces designed for celebrating fresh starts.

Blue Marlin at Trout Street – Port Aransas, Texas

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 3 beds and 3 baths

Get front-row seats to New Year’s Eve fireworks over the ship channel without leaving your private porch. Blue Marlin at Trout Street has a waterfront setting that creates stunning views day and night, while the location puts restaurants within walking distance. 

Why Blue Marlin is best for New Year’s Eve: You can skip the crowded public viewing spots and watch fireworks from your own expansive porch with drinks in hand and family close by. You can also stay by the shaded balcony as you watch the boats drift by.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Beautiful and comfortable in every way. The view of the ship channel was fantastic. Even got to see the New Years Eve fireworks from our expansive porch. We loved the location which was a few steps from Trout Street restaurant. Communication with the management was excellent. Will definitely return.” – Albert H.

👉 Book Blue Marlin at Trout Street

Carousel & Rodeo 31 – Austin, Texas

Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

Carousel & Rodeo 31 sits high enough to catch multiple firework displays across Austin’s skyline simultaneously. Large groups can also fit comfortably with enough bedrooms, so everyone gets real beds instead of couches. 

Why Carousel & Rodeo 31 is best for New Year’s Eve: Watch downtown’s professional show plus neighborhood displays all at once while avoiding the chaos of Sixth Street crowds on the biggest party night of the year. You are also just minutes from downtown Austin entertainment.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This was the perfect place for New Year’s Eve. The views were fantastic. We were able to see the downtown fireworks as well as all the surrounding neighborhoods.” – Sibylle J.

👉 Book Carousel & Rodeo 31

The Magnolia – Nashville, Tennessee

Can accommodate from 12-144 guests | 5-65 beds and 3-39 baths

Positioning you right near Bicentennial Park, The Magnolia is where Nashville drops its famous music note at midnight. Extended families can stay together under one roof with enough bathrooms so morning routines don’t cause chaos. 

Why The Magnolia is best for New Year’s Eve: This home works perfectly for groups who want access to Nashville’s party scene but need a separate place to crash. Walk to Music City’s main celebration and back without worrying about rideshares or parking during the busiest night of the year.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Property served our 15 family group very well. Location was perfect – close to Bicentennial Park where fireworks and dropping of the ‘musical note’ took place on New Year’s Eve. Property was clean and adequately furnished. I highly rate this property.” – Diane T.

👉 Book The Magnolia

Catskill Park Farm – Hudson Valley, New York

Can accommodate up to 9 guests | 4 beds and 2 baths

Countryside peace, horses graze just beyond your window, and nature sounds replace city noise. This is what Catskill Park Farm is made for. The upstairs den of this home also has a fireplace that adds to the perfect cozy and cottage-core spot with your closest people. 

Why Catskill Park Farm is best for New Year’s Eve: Start the new year surrounded by nature’s beauty instead of concrete floors and high-rise buildings. The peaceful setting will also definitely encourage memorable conversations and fresh starts. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We rented this property for 2 nights to celebrate the new year. The property is beautiful. There is a pasture behind the property with horses. The house was comfortable and well equipped. We enjoyed slow mornings at the sun drenched kitchen table and cozied in the upstairs den with the fireplace to watch the ball drop. It was an easy check in and out process.” – Tira H.

👉 Book Catskill Park Farm

Beach Haven – Fort Lauderdale, Florida

Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 4 beds and 4 baths

New Year’s Eve celebration can also mean shorts and sandals by the pool instead of winter coats and boots. Beach Haven sits close to Florida beaches and Fort Lauderdale’s prime location. This means restaurants, entertainment, and beach access all stay within easy reach.

Why Beach Haven is best for New Year’s Eve: You will be just steps from Fort Lauderdale beaches and dining. So, count down to the new year barefoot on the beach with ocean breezes and warm temperatures, creating a totally different holiday vibe.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Beautiful home with everything you need and perfect location! My family and I had a wonderful New Year’s Eve!” – Mirelly F.

👉 Book Beach Haven

Memorial Day Weekend Themed Rentals

Memorial Day kicks off summer with long weekends. This holiday makes it perfect for anyone who needs a break and wants pool parties, beach trips, and quality time with friends and family. Check out our Memorial Day weekend-themed rentals and book as early as today. 

Blackhaus – Palm Springs, California

Can accommodate from 2-40 guests | 1-16 beds and 1-20 baths

For a modern minimalist style, stay at Blackhaus. You’ll be in the heart of Palm Springs where the desert sun kicks off summer perfectly. The central location means walking to shops, restaurants, and nightlife instead of driving everywhere.

The compact space works great for couples wanting a quick getaway without dealing with big house logistics. Central location means walking to shops, restaurants, and nightlife instead of driving everywhere.

Why Blackhaus is best for Memorial Day: The compact space works great for couples wanting a quick getaway without dealing with big house logistics. And last-minute desert escapes get easy with a simple check-in process. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had a perfect night’s stay here for a last minute memorial day trip. Very clean and easy to get into – the room was just as it was pictured. Central to everything. Would absolutely stay here again!” – Lucy O.

👉 Book Blackhaus

Stardust – Malibu, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 3 beds and 3 baths

Need a 90s California cool for your Memorial Day? With retro vibes and ocean views that stretch endlessly, Stardust comes with a private backyard that creates your own secluded paradise. Quick grocery runs and the beach are also convenient while having that away-from-it-all feeling.

Why Stardust is best for Memorial Day: Families, newlyweds, friends, groups, or couples get unobstructed Pacific views and complete privacy just minutes from famous Malibu beaches like El Matador and Zuma. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We stayed at this Airbnb for our mini moon during Memorial Day weekend and loved it. The house was peaceful with relaxing surroundings, and the backyard views were beautiful. The property felt very private, like a modern 90s home. The host’s instructions and communication made everything smooth. It was a quick 4-minute drive to Vintage Grocers for supplies, and El Matador and Zuma Beach were easily accessible. Waking up to unobstructed ocean views was incredible. The main bedroom was comfortable, though it could use blackout shades. The backyard was the highlight and made us feel at home immediately. Overall, this is the perfect stay for a relaxing, private experience with easy access to Malibu’s attractions. Highly recommended!” – Maria D.

👉 Book Stardust

Yucca Haven – Joshua Tree, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 2 baths

Transform desert living into a Memorial Day party zone here at Yucca Haven. It is where the backyard becomes headquarters for your entire stay. Pool days and garage games mean nobody needs to leave the property to have fun. 

Why Yucca Haven is best for Memorial Day: You can spend all day in the house without ever feeling bored. The Joshua Tree location also offers stargazing and desert hikes when you finally want to explore beyond the house.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This house is so beautiful and perfect for groups! We stayed here over Memorial Day weekend and had the best time. The backyard is amazing. We spent all of our time laying by the pool or playing pool in the garage. The host was also very responsive and helpful when we had questions. 10/10 experience. We definitely want to come back!” – Scarlet R.

👉 Book Yucca Haven

Edgewater Place – Jersey City, New Jersey

Can accommodate up to 16 guests | 8 beds and 8 baths

Enjoy the unbeatable water views and access to Newport Beach at Edgewater Place. A five-unit bayfront compound where you can enjoy a shared dock for paddleboarding or kayaking right from the property. It also has an outdoor dining area for morning coffee or sunset wine. 

Why Edgewater Place is best for Memorial Day: Located just a five-minute walk to Balboa Village, the Fun Zone, and iconic surf breaks, you can explore Newport Beach like a local with beach bars, fresh seafood, and scenic bike paths all within walking distance. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Great place to stay – area was extremely walkable with lots of shops, restaurants nearby. View was gorgeous, parking spot was so clutch during Memorial Day weekend! Appreciate the AvantStay folks checking up on us and ensuring we had all we needed.” – Christine DS.

👉 Book Edgewater Place

Laguna Village Paradise – Corpus Christi, Texas

Can accommodate up to 14 guests | 5 beds and 5 baths

Laguna Village Paradise gives large groups waterfront access, which means endless water activities from sunrise to sunset. The Laguna Madre location offers calm waters perfect for kayaking, fishing, and paddleboarding. 

Why Laguna Village Paradise is best for Memorial Day: Double the water fun with both pool and dock access, plus sunrise views that make waking up early totally worth it. There are also plenty of bedrooms, so everyone can spread out comfortably instead of fighting for space.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Great place for vacation! Spent memorial day weekend in style & had plenty of room for everyone. Pool area was super nice, and sunrises on the docks were perfect!” – Alison V.

👉 Book Laguna Village Paradise

Independence Day (4th of July) Themed Rentals

Fourth of July celebrations and vacations need Independence Day-themed rentals. To truly feel the 4th of July, these homes offer the best fireworks views, outdoor entertaining areas, and that all-American summer feeling.

Starview at Brasada Ranch Resort – Central Oregon

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

Perched on the slope of Brasada Ranch about 30 minutes outside Bend, Starview trades holiday crowds for mountain sunsets. The patio looks out across the high desert toward the Cascades, and the fire pit and grill are built for exactly the kind of long July evening the Fourth deserves.

Why Starview is best for Fourth of July: The fire pit and BBQ deck become headquarters the moment the sun starts dropping, and Central Oregon’s dry summer evenings are made for lingering outside. Indoors, the game room keeps everyone busy with a pool table, ping pong, darts, cornhole, and board games, while the hot tub handles the wind-down. Dogs are welcome, so nobody gets left behind on the long weekend.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This was the perfect property for a multi-generational get together. The location is ideal for many activities (rafting, rodeo, swimming, hiking, etc.)The views and sunsets are spectacular. The house is very comfortable, clean, spacious and had everything we needed for a relaxing vacation. We would return again and highly recommend it.” – Terry C.

👉 Book Starview

Avalon – San Diego, California

Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

Avalon puts everything you need or want within 15 minutes by car, making Fourth of July activities super accessible. While you are near the airport, you are also close to San Diego beaches and attractions. That means fun and convenience at the same time!

Why Avalon is best for Fourth of July: The deck/patio is spacious enough to have an outdoor dining table, firepit, and lounging. This is where everyone can watch Fourth of July fireworks shows across different parts of San Diego simultaneously from your private patio. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“From this amazing condo everything you need or want to do is within 15 minutes by car! You quickly feel like at home since you have everything you need for a great weekend or week. Soap to wash your clothes, recipe books if you want to cook with a great selection of spices! Beds are comfy lots of towels including ones to go to the beach with chairs and parasol…. BBQ and fire pit also available on the patio. Everything you need is there. You need to know the airport is very close thus can be noisy when you are sitting outside but we enjoy being there on the 4th of July and having a great view on the fourth spots of the San Diego fireworks” – Donald A.

👉 Book Avalon

Arroyo – Lake Tahoe, California

Can accommodate up to 12 guests | 4 beds and 4 baths

Just in the heart of Northstar California Resort, Arroyo is a warm townhouse that provides plenty of space for groups after days of skiing or watersports. You are just walking distance to Northstar village, with shuttle service, which means easy access to summer activities.

Why Arroyo is best for Fourth of July: The fully equipped open-concept kitchen lets you prepare meals while staying connected with everyone, and the home comes with 2 guest passes for exclusive access to Northstar Resort Community amenities.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We loved our stay. Since it was the 4th of July- it was a little noisy at night. The family that stayed on the lower level didn’t hear too much noise, but the family on the top heard more noise late at night. It really was a awesome stay though!” – Danya W.

👉 Book Arroyo

Alpine Oasis at Frontgate – Vail, Colorado

Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 3 baths

Alpine Oasis at Frontgate is a rare gem that features a vantage point overlooking the Eagle River and mountains. The dedicated shuttle access to Vail and Beaver Creek Villages also makes exploring effortless, while having world-class amenities.

Why Alpine Oasis is best for Fourth of July: Celebrate the holiday with resort-style amenities, including golf simulators, a private theatre, a game room, community e-bikes, and a state-of-the-art fitness center. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Great place. Gorgeous, clean and fun amenities. Enjoyed the spaciousness of the place for our family of four. Spent hours at the pool. Kids loved the slide (I agree) and within walking distance to Nottingham park for the 4th of July fireworks. Easy access to Beaver Creek, Vail and Glenwood springs. Highly recommend.” – Joanna N.

👉 Book Alpine Oasis at Frontgate

Emerald Isle 701 – Panama City Beach, Florida

Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

The less crowded location means actually finding parking and beach spots during the busy Fourth of July weekend. And Emerald Isle 701 sits in a quieter Panama City Beach zone where you can get beach access without the spring break crowd chaos. 

Why Emerald Isle 701 is best for Fourth of July: Celebrate Independence Day beachside in a peaceful end-unit condo with beautiful sunset views of the gulf. This is where you can relax and have direct beach access and resort amenities.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had a Great stay. Everything was exactly as pictured. Resort staff were friendly. Great place to stay for the 4th of July. Location was more quiet and less crowded. Made for a peaceful stay. Didn’t want to leave and would definitely stay there again.” – Ashley N.

👉 Book Emerald Isle 701

Labor Day Themed Rentals

Labor Day marks summer’s last hurrah with relaxing long weekends perfect for final pool days, mountain hikes, and lakeside sunsets. But how can you enjoy this holiday if you’re not staying at a Labor Day-themed rental?

Teddy – Big Bear, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

This isn’t your average cabin. Teddy features vaulted wood ceilings, floor-to-ceiling windows flooding the space with natural light, and an open floor plan connecting the kitchen, dining, and living areas.

Why Teddy is best for Labor Day: The modern mountain style, game room amenities, and outdoor spaces with a hot tub and fire pit make this ideal for a memorable Labor Day gathering. It also has easy access to Big Bear Lake’s hiking trails, marina, and summer activities. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We booked the cabin for Labor Day weekend for family gatherings we are enjoyed ours time staying there, it’s more space than we expected, thinking we may do that again next year.” – Mai H.

👉 Book Teddy

Leyland – Asheville, North Carolina

Can accommodate up to 20 guests | 5 beds and 4 baths

Host an unforgettable end-of-summer celebration at Leyland. This is a gorgeous cabin-style mansion that features multiple decks with expansive Blue Ridge Mountain views. With its 2-level balcony decks, this home becomes a champion for indoor/outdoor living. 

Why Leyland is best for Labor Day: The fire pit outside the great room and expansive outdoor dining area create the perfect setting for Labor Day cookouts and mountain sunset gatherings. The property also includes a private hot tub and a large recreation room with foosball.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This was one of our favorite stays by far. The location was truly amazing. 10 mins (max) from central downtown that’s on a quiet private road. It’s extremely walkable with great hiking all around the house. Also, it’s high enough up in the mountains where you get all the benefits of not having mosquitos, cool fresh air, etc. The home was surprisingly better equipped than even our own house, which was a fantastic addition. They even provided a pack-n-play crib for our newborn, which made traveling that much easier on us. We did have a minor issue with the Jacuzzi on the first night and to our great surprise AvantStay had a mechanic come to fix it the following morning. To top that it just so happened to be on Labor Day, thus quite the pleasant surprise and testament to their professionalism and hosting experience. We honestly have no complaints whatsoever. After this stay we have even begun looking for properties in the surrounding area. We will be coming back very soon!” – Jacob M.

👉 Book Leyland

Manitou River House 113 – Telluride, Colorado

Can accommodate up to 6 guests | 2 beds and 2 baths

Right on the San Miguel River, Manitou River House 113 is the chic condo that puts you at the Telluride trailhead, literally a stone’s throw away. You also get to enjoy a beautiful shared hot tub and the sounds of the river right from your doorstep.

Why Manitou River House 113 is best for Labor Day: You can end the summer season by walking the river trail access and Telluride’s Main Street, just minutes away. The riverside location offers the perfect relaxation for a Labor Day weekend escape.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Can’t wait to come back! Stayed at Manitou River House 113 for 7 nights over the Labor Day holiday and everyone in my party raved about our accommodations. It’s a terrific place right in the heart of downtown Telluride. We loved being just steps away from the river trail and Gondola, and great places to eat, like Baked in Telluride, Smuggler’s Union, and The National (to name a few). We were comfortable the entire time and really enjoyed coming ‘home’ to our condo after exploring the town. It looked exactly like the photos and had plenty of amenities to suit our needs. For those with mobility issues, be warned: there are a LOT of stairs here, both outside the unit and inside of it. We didn’t mind this at all, but it may not be ideal for everyone. All in all, we felt lucky to have found this place. We would stay here again in a heartbeat!” – Fabian M.

👉 Book Manitou River House 113

La Casona – Scottsdale, Arizona

Can accommodate up to 14 guests | 5 beds and 3 baths

Experience authentic Spanish-inspired architecture with antique doors, warm wood finishes, colorful tilework, and an arched Spanish-style fireplace at La Casona. This hidden hacienda features a backyard pool area that creates the perfect spot for Labor Day. 

Why La Casona is best for Labor Day: Celebrate the long weekend in this one-of-a-kind retreat with a showstopper kitchen and serving area to serve the best meals. The private pool, outdoor fire pit, guitar, and pool table also make it perfect to mark the end of summer in style.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“La Casona is spacious – each bedroom has more than enough space for guests. The bathrooms are roomy as well and come with shower essentials. Although it faces a major arterial street, and very near restaurants and a grocery store, local traffic noise is not at all a problem inside the home. The driveway and the large garage were more than adequate to accommodate our dinner guests’ vehicles. Linens were crisp and towels fluffy. The kitchen amenities need to be improved, however. Pots and pans were minimal, and basic cooking ingredients were lacking. There were cabinet doors that needed to be attached, as well as cabinet door handles. The backyard was great for guests to mingle and enjoy the pool with drinks. Check-in is set at 4 p.m., but we asked if we could do it earlier; staff was able to move check-in time to 2 p.m., which was convenient for those with early arrivals. Overall, we had a wonderful stay over the Labor Day weekend and recommend La Casona for large families.” – Yvette R.

👉 Book La Casona

Donner Ridge – Lake Tahoe, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 3 baths

Welcome to this spacious cabin featuring 

Cherry wood floors, soaring ceilings, and a crackling gas fireplace in the main living area, where a pool table takes center stage. Donner Ridge is a spacious cabin that’s perfectly positioned just 5 minutes from Tahoe Donner Ski Resort’s summer trails for end-of-season watersports.

Why Donner Ridge is best for Labor Day: The outdoor deck, game room with pool table, and location less than 10 minutes from Historic Downtown Truckee make this ideal for an active Labor Day weekend. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“My family and I decided to stay here for Labor Day and we couldn’t be happier. The place was exactly as described and it has just about everything you are looking for! We will be coming back, thank you!” – Jose D.

👉 Book Donner Ridge

Best Tips for Booking Holiday Rentals

Securing the perfect holiday rental takes planning and smart strategies. Follow our best tips on how to have a convenient and stress-free experience in securing your ideal celebration spot.

Book Early for Peak Dates

Holiday weekends fill up fast, especially for Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Year’s Eve. Start searching at least 6 months ahead for major holidays. Popular destinations sell out even earlier, sometimes 8-12 months in advance.

Set up alerts on booking sites for properties you like. Check back regularly as cancellations do happen. The earlier you book, the better selection and prices you’ll find. 

Check out house availability with our guest concierge team. Contact us at (833) 442-8268.

Verify Important Amenities

Don’t assume amenities work just because they’re listed. Sometimes, some amenities can be taken off due to issues. Read reviews specifically mentioning features you need. Check if pools are heated for the winter holidays or if hot tubs get regular maintenance.

Ask hosts directly about WiFi speed if you need to stream holiday movies or work remotely. Confirm parking spaces for multiple cars during big family gatherings. Make sure outdoor grills work if you’re planning BBQ celebrations.

Safety First and Avoid Scams

Book only through trusted platforms like AvantStay that verify properties and protect your payment. Never wire money directly or pay outside the booking platform, as these are red flags for scams.

Read multiple reviews from different sources. Check if property photos match recent guest pictures. Look for hosts with verified information and good response rates. Trust your gut if something feels off about a listing.

💡 Learn more about staying safe with our guide on how to avoid travel scams.

Read Cancellation Policies Carefully

Holiday bookings often have stricter cancellation rules. Understand exactly when you can cancel and how much you’ll get back. Some properties require full payment upfront with no refunds for holiday dates.

Consider travel insurance for expensive bookings, especially during unpredictable weather seasons. Know the difference between flexible, moderate, and strict cancellation policies before you book.

Communicate Your Plans

Tell your host about your holiday celebration plans. Ask about noise policies if you’re hosting a New Year’s party. Check if decorating is allowed for Christmas stays. Confirm checkout times work with your holiday travel schedule. 

At AvantStay, we appreciate knowing how you’ll use the space. We also offer helpful tips about local holiday events, or provide extras like extra chairs for big dinners if available. Clear communication prevents problems during your stay, and we will be happy to assist you.

Find the Perfect Holiday Homes with Avantstay

Holidays only come once a year, and where you celebrate makes all the difference. From Thanksgiving feasts to Fourth of July fireworks, these 30 hand-picked rentals create the perfect setting for your celebration. 

You get room for everyone, outdoor spaces for activities, and locations that make each holiday feel special. But the best holiday rentals and even deals book up fast. And families and groups who plan ahead usually get the first choice of these celebration-ready homes. 

Don’t wait until the last minute and miss out on the perfect spot for your next Thanksgiving dinner, Christmas morning, or New Year’s countdown. Browse AvantStay’s holiday themed vacation homes and secure your spot before these sought-after properties fill up. 

Start planning today for unforgettable holiday memories tomorrow! Book now!

How to Split a Vacation Rental Fairly: The Complete Group Trip Payment 2026 Guide

The moment someone starts figuring out how to split vacation rental costs among friends in a large group, the excitement of the trip can stall out. Couples question paying the same as singles, parents debate whether young kids count fully, and friends arriving late wonder why they should cover nights they will not use. These money conversations often delay bookings or stop them altogether, especially when one person has to front thousands of dollars and chase everyone down for payment. Clear cost frameworks, transparent conversations, and split-payment tools can remove that friction before it starts. With the right approach, you can divide costs fairly, let everyone pay their share directly, and get the trip booked without awkward follow-ups.

TLDR:

  • Split-payment functionality at checkout removes collection friction and helps groups book 42% faster.
  • Share-based models (adults=1.0, kids=0.5) resolve fairness disputes before booking.
  • Transparent cost breakdowns help you allocate expenses and commit faster.
  • Master bedroom premiums of 25-30% prevent post-booking conflicts over room assignments.
  • Reservation management apps let you share bookings so friends can claim bedrooms and pay their portion directly.

Different Ways to Split Vacation Rental Costs

When you’re planning a group trip, choosing the right cost-splitting method can make or break the booking process. Most groups use one of four methods, each with trade-offs that affect fairness and simplicity.

The simplest approach divides the total cost by the number of attendees. A $3,000 rental for six people costs $500 each. This works well for tight-knit groups with similar budgets where simplicity matters more than precision.

Screenshot 2026-02-25 at 7.42.47 PM.png

Another method accounts for varying arrival and departure dates by calculating a nightly rate per person. If the rental costs $2,400 across four nights with eight guests, the base rate works out to $75 per person per night.

Some groups assign costs based on bedroom occupancy. A couple in the master suite might cover 30% of the rental, while two people sharing a standard room split 20%.

Finally, certain groups combine methods, splitting the base rental equally while adding premiums for master suites or subtracting credits for guests staying fewer nights.

Splitting Method

How It Works

Best For

Equal Split

Total cost divided by number of attendees

Tight-knit groups with similar budgets where simplicity matters most

Nightly Rate Per Person

Calculate per-person nightly rate, multiply by nights stayed

Groups with staggered arrival and departure dates

Bedroom-Based

Assign percentage of total cost based on room quality and occupancy

Groups with varying bedroom sizes and amenities

Share-Based Model

Weight by adults (1.0 share), children (0.5 share), adjust for room premiums

Mixed groups with couples, singles, and families

Calculating Fair Shares When Group Sizes Vary

Group size variations create friction when couples, singles, and families with kids all share one rental. A straightforward per-person split can feel unfair to solo travelers while undercharging families with young children who still use space and amenities.

A share-based model solves this by assigning weighted values. Adults count as one full share. Many groups assign children a partial share, often 0.5, though the age threshold varies based on what feels fair to everyone involved.

Here’s how it works: two couples (4 shares), one single traveler (1 share), and a family of four with two kids under 10 (3 shares) total 8 shares. A $4,000 rental divided by 8 equals $500 per share. The single pays $500, each couple pays $1,000, and the family covers $1,500.

This approach feels fairer because children often use fewer amenities and typically do not occupy full bedrooms alone.

Accounting for Different Length Stays

When partial stays occur, calculating cost per night prevents guests who stay longer from subsidizing those with shorter visits.

The calculation is simple. Take your nightly rate and multiply by each guest’s actual nights. A $3,600 rental over six nights equals $600 per night. A guest staying all six nights pays their full share, while someone arriving two days late for four nights pays two-thirds.

Many groups expect length of stay to affect how costs are divided, and this expectation influences booking confidence. Someone must front the full rental cost while collecting proportional shares from partial-stay guests. Look for properties with flexible cancellation policies or that accommodate split payments if your group has staggered arrivals.

Handling Master Bedrooms and Premium Spaces

Not every bedroom is equal. Master suites with king beds, spa bathrooms, and private balconies naturally command more value than smaller rooms with shared hall access. This disparity creates tension if not managed before booking.

Three approaches resolve this fairly. The first is random assignment through draws or apps. Everyone pays equal shares, and fate decides who gets the master. This works when fairness matters more than preferences.

Screenshot 2026-02-25 at 7.44.13 PM.png

The second compensates whoever organized the trip with first pick. Since you handled research, booking, and coordination, the master suite serves as recognition. Groups often accept this trade because nobody else wanted the planning burden.

The third assigns premiums to better rooms. Master suite occupants pay 25-30% more, second-best rooms add 10-15%, while smaller spaces get discounted proportionally. A $3,000 rental might charge $900 for the master couple, $750 for mid-tier rooms, and $600 for the smallest bedroom.

When listing descriptions note that all bedrooms have en-suite bathrooms or similar square footage, it helps your group avoid friction over room assignments.

Payment Timing and Collection Strategies

Delayed payment collection costs groups their preferred properties. Approximately 42% of travelers have lost their first-choice accommodations because gathering funds from friends took too long. The longer you wait to collect payments, the more likely someone else will book the property you want.

The single-payer model remains most common. One person books with their credit card, then collects shares from others via Venmo or Zelle. This works when you have enough credit and trust the group to reimburse quickly.

Installment payment services like Affirm let you reserve immediately while spreading costs across several months. This removes the need to collect upfront from everyone.

Some properties accept split payments directly at booking, letting multiple people in your group contribute their portions before confirmation.

Planning for Cancellations and Last-Minute Changes

Group cancellations create immediate financial pressure on remaining travelers. When someone drops out, your group faces a reallocation decision: absorb the cost by splitting their share or find a replacement.

Set cancellation terms before booking. Require non-refundable deposits from each member within 48 hours of confirmation. Anyone who cancels later stays responsible for their full share unless they secure their own replacement.

Look for properties that allow guest list modifications without penalty. When the rental permits name changes up to check-in, you can fill vacant spots without rebooking entirely, protecting your reservation from full cancellation.

Setting Expectations before You Book

Clear money conversations before booking prevent the conflicts that often lead to last-minute cancellations. When groups skip budget discussions upfront, disagreements about cost allocation surface mid-trip and damage the experience for everyone.

Hold a planning call where everyone states their budget ceiling and expectations around shared versus individual expenses. Document the agreement in writing. Cover split methodology, premium room assignments, cleaning fee allocation, and damage deposit contributions.

Groups that finalize these details before submitting reservation requests are more likely to follow through and less likely to cancel as trip dates approach.

How to Choose Properties That Make Group Payments Easier

Properties that remove payment friction make group travel easier. Look for transparent cost breakdowns in the listing. When nightly rates, cleaning fees, and service charges are itemized separately, you can more easily allocate expenses across your group before committing.

Split-payment functionality at checkout removes the single-payer bottleneck that kills roughly 42% of group bookings before confirmation. You reserve the property, then share the reservation so each person can claim their bedroom and contribute their portion. This removes the awkward collection phase that prevents friends, multi-generational families, and corporate retreats from confirming. These features help you secure the property faster without fronting thousands of dollars and chasing everyone for payment.

A Better Way to Split Vacation Rental Costs for Large Groups

Avantstay.png

Figuring out how to split vacation rental costs among friends in a large group becomes much easier when you choose homes designed with groups in mind. AvantStay offers more than 2,300 professionally managed homes and boutique hotel properties across 100+ destinations, many featuring four or more bedrooms, multiple primary suites, and shared gathering spaces that make room assignments clear from the start.

Through the Butler app, you can share the reservation so everyone claims bedrooms and contributes their portion directly. Split-payment capabilities, installment options like Affirm, and transparent listing breakdowns mean you don’t have to front the full cost while collecting from everyone else.

AvantStay’s professional management means you get predictable quality, clear pricing, and homes built around the economics of group travel. Each property is professionally managed to meet consistent quality standards, with transparent costs and tools designed to make group coordination simple.

FAQs

What booking policies help protect my group when members cancel?

Require non-refundable deposits from each group member within 48 hours of confirmation, making individuals responsible for their full share even if they cancel later. Look for properties that allow name changes and guest list modifications up to check-in without penalty so you can fill vacant spots and secure replacements without rebooking entirely, protecting your group from full cancellation.

Why do staggered arrival dates affect group bookings?

Many groups expect length of stay to affect how costs are divided, so partial-stay flexibility matters to booking confidence. Someone must front the full rental cost while collecting proportional shares from people arriving on different days, making properties with flexible check-in timing or split-payment options more attractive to groups with varying schedules.

What information should we agree on upfront to prevent group booking conflicts?

Make sure everyone in your group has agreed on the split methodology, premium room assignments, and damage deposit contributions before finalizing the reservation. Groups that document these money conversations before booking are more organized and less likely to face conflicts or cancellations as trip dates approach.

Final Thoughts on Fair Group Cost Division

Fair cost division is often the deciding factor between a confirmed stay and a stalled group chat. When you feel confident about how to split vacation rental costs among friends in a large group, you commit faster and with fewer last-minute conflicts. Clear bedroom descriptions, itemized fees, flexible guest updates, and split-payment options make it easier to move your trip from idea to reservation. AvantStay gives you tools to share bookings, assign rooms, and collect individual payments in one place, helping you secure high-capacity homes without chasing down funds. Learn more about how to split vacation rental costs among friends in a large group with AvantStay and turn complicated group planning into confirmed bookings.

2026 Pool Heating & Maintenance Costs for Short-Term Rentals

For short-term rental owners, a pool isn’t just an amenity. It is a revenue multiplier. Listings with pools often command higher nightly rates, stronger occupancy, and better guest reviews. But behind those Instagram-worthy backyard shots lies a steady stream of operating expenses that can quietly erode your margins.

Heating, utilities, chemicals, routine service, equipment repairs, and seasonal demand shifts all add up. Without a clear understanding of these costs, a pool can quickly move from revenue driver to profit drain. In this guide, we break down the true cost of pool heating and maintenance and share practical strategies to keep expenses under control while protecting your returns.

TLDR:

  • Pool heating costs range from $50-$600 monthly depending on system type and climate.
  • Vacation rentals need chemical adjustments twice as often since guest turnover introduces sunscreen, body oils, and contaminants that disrupt pH and chlorine levels.
  • Hiring weekly service providers costs $80 to $150 but guarantees pristine water conditions at every check-in.
  • Properties with heated pools command 15-20% higher rates during shoulder seasons, extending your revenue window beyond summer peaks.
  • AvantStay manages pool maintenance across 2,300+ properties with local field teams and real-time expense tracking through Lighthouse.
Screenshot 2026-02-17 211217.png

Understanding Pool Heating System Options for Short-Term Rentals

Choosing the right pool heating system sets the foundation for your operating costs and guest satisfaction. The four main options each come with different price tags and performance profiles.

Heat pumps run $2,000 to $6,500 and work best in warm climates where they pull ambient heat from the air. They’re energy-sipping but slow to heat water, making them ideal for properties with steady booking calendars where you maintain consistent temperatures.

Gas heaters cost $1,500 to $4,500 and heat pools fast, which makes them popular for rentals with back-to-back bookings. You can warm a cold pool in hours rather than days, but monthly fuel costs add up quickly.

Solar systems range from $2,500 to $6,500 upfront but deliver nearly free heating once installed. They depend on your local sunshine and roof space, making them perfect for Florida or Arizona properties with year-round demand.

Electric resistance heaters represent the budget entry point but carry the highest operating costs. Most property managers skip these unless heating a small spa or operating in mild climates with occasional use.

Monthly Operating Costs by Heater Type

Operating expenses determine whether pool heating supports or erodes your rental income. The system you choose will impact your bottom line every month of operation.

Heater Type

Monthly Operating Cost

Best For

Heat Pump

$50 – $150

Year-round rentals in warm climates

Gas (Natural Gas)

$200 – $400

Properties with on-demand heating needs

Gas (Propane)

$300 – $500+

Quick heat-up between back-to-back bookings

Solar

$10 – $25

Sun-rich locations with steady occupancy

Electric Resistance

$175 – $600

Small pools or spas only

Heat pumps work best for properties with consistent bookings where you’re maintaining temperature continuously. Gas heaters make sense when you need quick heat-ups between guests but can shut down during gaps. Climate drives these numbers hard: a heat pump in Phoenix costs half what the same unit runs in Seattle, while solar panels in Florida deliver year-round value that Michigan properties can’t match.

Weekly Pool Maintenance Requirements for Vacation Rentals

Short-term rental pools face maintenance challenges residential pools rarely see. Your property experiences more swimmer traffic in a single weekend than many homeowners see in a month, creating accelerated wear and chemical depletion.

Weekly maintenance runs between $20 and $50 for basic in-house care, covering water chemistry testing, skimmer basket cleaning, and surface debris removal. Vacation rentals need chemical adjustments twice as often since guest turnover introduces sunscreen, body oils, and contaminants that disrupt pH and chlorine levels.

The DIY versus professional service decision hinges on your proximity and booking density. Managing care yourself saves money but requires local presence. Hiring weekly service providers costs $80 to $150 but guarantees pristine water conditions at every check-in.

Annual Pool Maintenance Budget Planning

Building an annual pool budget requires more than extrapolating weekly costs. Vacation rental pools demand reserves for unexpected repairs and seasonal preparation that protect your booking calendar.

Pool maintenance costs average $122 per month or roughly $1,400 yearly for residential properties. Rental pools typically exceed this baseline because guest turnover accelerates chemical consumption and equipment wear. Plan for chemical expenses between $175 and $750 annually depending on your pool size and water type, with saltwater systems on the lower end and traditional chlorine pools requiring more frequent supply replenishment.

Seasonal tasks add $300 to $650 for opening and winterizing services if your property sits in a climate requiring shutdown periods. Set aside a separate equipment reserve equal to 15-20% of your annual pool budget, especially for properties in beach destinations where saltwater air accelerates corrosion. Pump failures, filter replacements, or heater breakdowns during peak season can force cancellations that cost far more than the repair itself.

Should You Pass Pool Heating Costs to Guests?

The pool heating fee debate splits property managers into two camps. Some charge optional fees between $25 and $100 daily, while others bake heating costs into nightly rates to simplify bookings.

Your pricing approach should match your market position. Properties targeting families often include heating in the base rate because these travelers prioritize convenience. Luxury estates can command premium heating fees during shoulder seasons when extended use would erode margins, but most absorb costs during peak summer when heating runs minimally.

Transparency prevents negative reviews that damage your reputation and future revenue. Communicate heating availability and costs before booking.

Impact of Pool Features on Rental Revenue

Pool features directly shape your pricing power and booking rates. Properties with heated pools capture 15% to 20% higher rates during shoulder seasons when competitors’ cold pools sit empty, extending your revenue window well beyond summer peaks.

Group bookings drive the highest value reservations with longer stays across multiple bedrooms. These guests actively seek properties with standout pool amenities. Features like spa jets, waterfalls, and LED lighting add $2,000 to $10,000 in installation costs but separate your listing in markets where basic pools no longer attract premium guests.

Measure your pool ROI by tracking occupancy shifts and rate increases before and after upgrades. This data drives smarter reinvestment choices.

Optimizing Pool Costs with AvantStay’s Full-Service Management

Managing pool costs across changing guest schedules and seasonal demands requires coordination that most individual property owners struggle to maintain. We handle every aspect of pool operations for the 2,300+ properties, in our portfolio, removing the guesswork from maintenance timing and vendor selection.

Our 100-point cleaning checklist includes pool inspection between every stay, catching equipment issues before they escalate into expensive repairs or guest complaints. Local field teams coordinate weekly service visits, emergency repairs, and seasonal maintenance, working with vetted vendors who deliver consistent quality across our markets.

The Lighthouse owner portal gives you real-time visibility into pool-related expenses and how they track against rental revenue. You see exactly what maintenance costs each month and can compare performance against similar properties in your market.

Screenshot 2026-02-17 211147.png

Final Thoughts on Pool Operating Costs for Vacation Rentals

The cost of pool heating and weekly maintenance adds up quickly, but properties that manage these expenses well command higher rates and longer booking windows. Your heating system choice sets the baseline for monthly bills, while consistent maintenance prevents emergency repairs during peak season. Build realistic budgets that include equipment reserves and seasonal prep so your pool stays guest-ready without surprise expenses.

If managing multiple properties makes pool coordination difficult, AvantStay’s vacation rental management provides local field teams and vendor networks that keep your water pristine at costs individual owners can’t access.

FAQ

How much should I budget annually for pool maintenance on my short-term rental?

Plan for $1,800 to $2,400 yearly for basic maintenance on vacation rentals, which runs higher than the residential average of $1,400 due to increased guest turnover. Add another 15-20% as an equipment reserve for unexpected repairs that could force cancellations during peak season.

What’s the most cost-effective pool heating option for warm-climate rentals?

Heat pumps deliver the best long-term value in warm climates, with monthly operating costs of $50 to $150 compared to $200 to $500+ for gas systems. While they cost $2,000 to $6,500 upfront, their lower monthly expenses and 10-15 year lifespan make them ideal for year-round operations.

Should I handle pool maintenance myself or hire a professional service?

Professional service makes sense if you manage multiple properties or live remotely, costing $320 to $600 monthly but guaranteeing consistent water quality at every guest turnover. DIY saves $300 to $500 monthly but requires local presence and technical knowledge to maintain chemistry between back-to-back bookings without risking negative reviews.

Can charging for pool heating actually increase my rental revenue?

Properties with heated pools capture 15% to 20% higher nightly rates during shoulder seasons when competitors’ unheated pools sit unused. Rather than charging separate heating fees that complicate bookings, bake heating costs into your base rate to extend your revenue season beyond summer peaks.

Why do vacation rental pools cost more to maintain than residential pools?

Your rental experiences 2 to 3 times more chemical consumption than residential pools because each new guest group introduces sunscreen, body oils, and contaminants that demand immediate rebalancing. This accelerated wear from daily turnovers drives both higher supply costs and faster equipment replacement cycles.

Best Ski-in / Ski-out Vacation Homes: Luxury Rentals for Your Ski-Town Stay

Breathe in, breathe out… Ski-in, ski-out! Nothing’s better than waking up, putting your gear on and heading directly outside to hit the slopes. After you spend the day getting your (ski) on,  kick back at a vacation home where you can have apres ski moments you’ll never forget.

All vacation homes included here are within walking distance to the slopes of their respective towns. Other than being in the perfect location for powder days, these group friendly ski-town stays come with modern interior design, guest support at your fingertips (via our app), and add-on services like fridge stocking, private chefs, and at-home massages—all perfect for full relaxation after the slopes. 

1. Bronson – Lake Tahoe, CA

Starting this round-up strong with one of our personal faves. Meet Bronson, a Lake Tahoe, CA stay located right on Olympic Valley. Less worrying, more skiing—this home comes with snowshoeing equipment for your stay. We provide two sets of snowshoes with two adult poles and one set of child poles. With room for up to 12 guests, everyone can come and enjoy this vacation home’s expansive deck with a fire pit, hot tub, and views of the ski lift above!

2. Snowdrift Cabin – Telluride, CO

Snowdrift Cabin is a secluded Telluride, CO vacation spot. Filled with traditional wood beams, this cabin vacation rental has prime ski access on Lift 10’s Galloping Goose trail, gorgeous sunset views of the San Sophia ridgeline, multiple expansive decks, a hot tub, and loft area. Downstairs, you’ll find a dedicated rec room with a gas fireplace and games for the whole crew. Be sure to take advantage of Mountain Village’s Dial-a-Ride service where you can enjoy a free ride to the Village Core and the Gondola connecting to the Town of Telluride.

3. Cimarron Lodge – Telluride, CO 

Tell the crew you’re ready for a trip to Telluride, CO. This Cimarron Lodge unit is located right on the slopes. Enjoy days not spent waiting in line to ski with this ski-in/ski-out condo situated along the San Miguel River. Bring up to 8 guests and enjoy your apres ski with a hot tub happy hour. Looking for more to do on your trip? Check out our Top Things to Do in Telluride.

4. Twin Chutes – Breckenridge, CO

Breckenridge, CO is calling! Twin Chutes is a 4 bed stay with room for up to 12 guests. Conveniently located next to the ski lifts, this stay provides great ski access and even better Colorado mountain views. This condo comes with great amenities like a hot tub, billiards table, gym, and fireplace! We even give you a guitar—so for those who like songs around the campfire, you’re in luck.

5. Slopeside at Sundance – Telluride, CO

Looking for a traditional woodsy cabin? Slopeside at Sundance (not to be confused with Slopeside in Park City mentioned above) is a Telluride, CO vacation home located adjacent to the slopes and true ski access directly onto the popular Sundance ski run. Wake up to window views of the pine trees, and sip your morning coffee on the picturesque patio. After a long day of skiing, decompress in the sauna to let the heat melt away any and all soreness.

6. Rocker – Breckenridge, CO

Welcome to Rocker. Nestled right by the Quicksilver Chairlift, this ski-in/ski-out haven sets the perfect tone for your Breckenridge getaway. Step inside to a cozy vibe filled with chill furnishings, inviting bedrooms, and a kitchen that’ll get any foodie’s heart racing.

7. Etta Place – Telluride, CO

Step into Etta Place – a cozy one-bedroom Telluride condo nestled right against the ski hill, offering breathtaking views of the valley. When it comes to hitting the trails or shredding some snow, you’re just a few steps away from accessing it all—thanks to Lift #7 right at your doorstep.

8. Townhome on the Creek – Telluride, CO

Townhome on the Creek is a deluxe four-bedroom ski-in/ski-out home in Telluride’s Mountain Village. With easy ski access, private hot tub, and three decks with stunning views, your stay promises relaxation and convenience. Enjoy complimentary shuttle service, concierge service, and access to Trek bicycles for seamless travel in the area.

9. Silver Sun – Park City, UT

Welcome to Silver Sun in Park City’s Deer Valley’s Empire Pass, where stunning mountain views await from this custom home. With ski-in/ski-out access just 150 feet away, it’s a dream for avid skiers seeking convenience. This retreat offers two generous living spaces for gatherings, along with a private office featuring a workstation for those needing to stay connected while enjoying the mountain getaway.

Feeling motivated to get your ski on? We don’t blame you! If you’re looking for even more places to ski-in/ski-out, check out our collection of Ski-in/Ski-out Vacation Homes.

About AvantStay: If you find yourself looking for a travel experience that values your privacy, safety, and cleanliness, AvantStay is the perfect fit. Apart from their top-of-the-line technology and innovation, AvantStay homes are in primo locations—places you’ve been dying to check out, with experiences you’re ready to check off your bucket list—like staying at a ski-in/ski-out home!

AvantStay Q+A | Austin, TX Homeowner

We spoke to the owner of our Austin home, Dawson, and asked all about his experience owning a property with AvantStay. Let’s dive in!

Why did you choose AvantStay?

I loved the income potential for my property with short term rentals. I’d had a property manager before but they were still making it to where it was a lot of work for me—so I was very open to a new PM company. I loved how AvantStay has a design and experiential point of view and I own a unique property that fits their vision, so I felt we made great partners. 

What was the onboarding process like?

Painless. I felt very at ease by their approach and felt my terms were market appropriate. They assigned a local property manager whom I met in person. We cleared out our personal effects, they did their design things—so I didn’t do much except get out of the way!

What upgrades did AvantStay make in your home?

I actually don’t know as I haven’t set foot in the place since I left, which should tell you how comfortable I am. But I believe it included painting, some fresh decor and new beds. Very appropriate and reasonable.

What’s the one thing that has stood out the most during your experience with us?

Everyone, to a person, has done what they said they were going to do. Every time. I’ve interacted with several people from corporate and two property managers—all of them have had high service mindsets and high integrity. 

If you could own another rental anywhere in the country, where would you choose and why?

Santa Fe comes to mind immediately. It’s a destination that includes art, cuisine, culture, history and outdoor sports. There’s a lot packed in. Short flight, close enough to drive. Temperate climate. Great spot for a Texan to escape the heat. After that, it would be somewhere between Miami and Jupiter Florida—the coast is gorgeous. As you move north, it gets increasingly peaceful in terms of crowds. 

What’s your favorite part about your own vacation home?

I love my house, and I actually love that I get to share it with more people. I feel like you get used to your own home in a way that makes you forget. This is a way where it’s fresh for everyone, including me. 

I also love that I’m a part of a company that’s doing it a better way than the average PM company. There is a high standard. I admire that, and like the guests to have a great time. 

Is there anything you’d like to say to other homeowners considering our platform?

AvantStay does what they say they’re going to do, so get started and see what happens. I’ve loved my experience and am adding another short term rental expressly for AvantStay because the experience is so great. I even had them weigh in on my personal remodeling and reno choices! They’re good people. 

7 Best Places to Visit in May for Your Memorial Day Getaway

Spring reaches its peak and Memorial Day weekend approaches, May emerges as one of the most rewarding months to explore America’s diverse destinations. The weather is comfortably warm without summer’s scorching heat, flowers are in full bloom, and tourist crowds haven’t yet reached their peak intensity.

May offers the perfect conditions for celebrating the unofficial start of summer while honoring the long Memorial Day weekend. Mild temperatures make outdoor adventures irresistible, spring blooms create stunning natural backdrops, and longer daylight hours provide ample time for exploration and memory-making.

We’ve curated the top 7 best places to visit in May, each offering unique opportunities to celebrate Memorial Day weekend and create lasting spring memories. These destinations combine beautiful weather, exciting activities, and the perfect atmosphere for group adventures and family gatherings. 

Let’s explore the most enchanting AvantStay vacation rental homes to make your May getaway unforgettable.

1. Los Angeles, California

Memorial Day weekend brings special events and the perfect kickoff to summer adventures. And Los Angeles shines brightest in May, offering perfect weather before the summer heat intensifies. With comfortable temperatures in the mid-70s, clear skies, and minimal rainfall, May provides ideal conditions for exploring Hollywood, hiking scenic trails, and enjoying the city’s world-famous beaches. 

Top Activities:

  • Hike to the Hollywood Sign and explore Griffith Park with perfect spring weather
  • Enjoy beach days at Santa Monica and Venice with warm, comfortable temperatures
  • Experience world-class dining and nightlife in West Hollywood and Beverly Hills
  • Visit iconic attractions like Universal Studios and The Getty with fewer crowds

Where to Stay: Unwind at Edendale, a sophisticated three-story Los Angeles retreat featuring award-winning design and three front-facing patios. The incredible hill views are perfect for enjoying the warm weather and unique amenities, including foosball and outdoor dining.

👉 Learn about the best time to visit Los Angeles for optimal weather, discover amazing hiking trails in Los Angeles for outdoor adventures, and find the perfect Los Angeles Airbnb for your California getaway.

2. Port Aransas, Texas

Port Aransas welcomes May visitors with warm Gulf waters and perfect beach weather just in time for Memorial Day celebrations. This charming coastal town on Mustang Island offers pristine beaches, world-class fishing, and a laid-back atmosphere that makes it ideal for family gatherings and group getaways during the holiday weekend.

Top Activities:

  • Fish in the “World’s Luckiest Fishing Village” with prime spring fishing conditions
  • Enjoy warm Gulf waters perfect for swimming, kayaking, and paddleboarding
  • Take dolphin tours and explore the magical Crab Island sandbar experience
  • Experience the famous Texas SandFest if visiting during the festival season

Where to Stay: Dive into fun at Marlin Cove, your ultimate beach retreat just a short stroll from sandy shores, featuring a private pool and hot tub, covered poolside patio, two spacious balconies, and a beautiful modern interior with blue beachy accents throughout.

👉 Discover exciting things to do in Port Aransas for your coastal adventure and find the perfect Port Aransas Airbnb for your Texas Gulf Coast escape.

3. Corpus Christi, Texas

Offering coastal beauty and cultural attractions, Corpus Christi during May has the ideal weather conditions. With warm temperatures and calm seas, Memorial Day weekend becomes an opportunity to explore this vibrant Gulf Coast city’s beaches, maritime attractions, and rich cultural heritage while enjoying some of Texas’s most beautiful coastline.

Top Activities:

  • Explore the Texas State Aquarium and USS Lexington Museum with comfortable weather
  • Enjoy pristine beaches at North Padre Island and Mustang Island
  • Take dolphin tours and Red Dragon Pirate ship adventures in calm spring waters
  • Experience the vibrant downtown area and Corpus Christi Bay waterfront

Where to Stay: Relax at Keeper Red, your ultimate group getaway in a private fishing village along picturesque Laguna Madre Bay, featuring six bedrooms, a community waterfront pool, boat dock with private slips, and two balconies perfect for savoring morning bay breezes.

👉 Find the perfect Corpus Christi Airbnb for your Gulf Coast Memorial Day celebration.

4. Lake Norman, North Carolina

Crystal-clear waters and mild May temperatures create the perfect setting for Memorial Day weekend lake activities. And as North Carolina’s largest man-made lake, Lake Norman offers endless opportunities and fun for water sports, lakeside relaxation, and exploring charming surrounding towns. They are all enhanced by the beautiful spring weather and blooming landscapes.

Top Activities:

  • Enjoy boating, kayaking, and paddleboarding on pristine lake waters
  • Explore Lake Norman State Park with perfect hiking weather and spring blooms
  • Visit charming lakeside towns like Davidson and Cornelius for shopping and dining
  • Experience water sports and fishing in ideal spring conditions

Where to Stay: Escape to Oasis at Ballycastle, featuring a newly installed 15-foot beach, multi-level dock with lake toys, outdoor kitchen with grill and TV, private sauna, hot tub, and stunning lake views from multiple bedrooms and living areas.

👉 Find the perfect Lake Norman Airbnb for your North Carolina lake adventure.

5. Black Mountain, North Carolina

Nestled in the Blue Ridge Mountains near Asheville, Black Mountain offers spectacular spring scenery and comfortable May temperatures perfect for outdoor adventures. Memorial Day weekend provides ideal conditions for hiking, exploring the vibrant arts scene, and enjoying mountain views enhanced by spring’s full bloom and clear skies.

Top Activities:

  • Hike scenic Blue Ridge Mountain trails with perfect spring weather and blooming wildflowers
  • Explore downtown Asheville’s vibrant arts district, breweries, and local dining scene
  • Visit the famous Biltmore Estate with beautiful spring gardens in full bloom
  • Experience outdoor adventures like zip-lining and mountain biking in ideal conditions

Where to Stay: Retreat to Leyland, a gorgeous cabin-style mansion valued at over $1.5 million, featuring multiple decks with expansive Blue Ridge Mountain views, a private hot tub, a large recreation room with foosball, and vaulted ceilings with huge windows for natural light.

6. Telluride, Colorado

May marks the perfect transition season in Telluride, offering mild temperatures and fewer crowds before the summer peak. Memorial Day weekend provides excellent conditions for hiking, mountain biking, and exploring this stunning mountain town’s natural beauty, with snow-capped peaks creating dramatic backdrops and spring weather perfect for outdoor adventures.

Top Activities:

  • Hike spectacular mountain trails with comfortable spring temperatures and stunning views
  • Experience world-class mountain biking on trails enhanced by perfect May weather
  • Explore Telluride’s charming town center with unique shops and mountain dining
  • Take scenic gondola rides for breathtaking panoramic mountain vistas

Where to Stay: Experience luxury at Apex, a 2025 AvantStay Awards finalist featuring rustic exterior charm with modern interiors, a private hot tub for post-adventure relaxation, a cozy home theater, and close proximity to mountain activities and town attractions.

👉 Book the perfect Telluride Airbnb for your mountain getaway, discover 6 reasons for a summer stay in Telluride, and explore exciting things to do in Telluride during your visit.

7. Bend, Oregon

Bend‘s high desert landscape and Cascade Mountain views create a stunning backdrop for May adventures. With mild spring temperatures and clear skies, Memorial Day weekend becomes perfect for exploring outdoor activities, craft breweries, and the area’s famous natural attractions while enjoying some of the Pacific Northwest’s most beautiful scenery.

Top Activities:

  • Hike and bike world-renowned trails with perfect spring weather conditions
  • Explore the famous Bend Ale Trail and craft brewery scene
  • Experience white-water rafting and fishing on the Deschutes River
  • Visit stunning natural attractions like Crater Lake and Smith Rock State Park

Where to Stay: Discover Klamath, the premier cabin in Caldera Springs, featuring unbelievable lakeside views, rich wood finishes, stone fireplaces, an expansive patio with a fire pit, a steamy spa surrounded by towering pines, and access to community amenities including pools and recreational facilities.

👉 Explore amazing things to do in Bend, Oregon, for outdoor adventures and find the perfect Bend, Oregon Airbnb for your Pacific Northwest escape.

The Story Behind Memorial Day Weekend Travel

Memorial Day carries a rich history that makes May travel particularly meaningful. Originally known as Decoration Day, this holiday began in 1868 when communities across America started decorating the graves of Civil War soldiers with flowers and flags. 

The tradition evolved into our modern Memorial Day, officially recognized in 1971 as a federal holiday honoring all American military personnel who died in service.

How Memorial Day Shaped American Travel Culture

The three-day weekend format created by the Uniform Monday Holiday Act transformed Memorial Day from a solemn day of remembrance into America’s unofficial start of summer vacation season. This shift established patterns of family gatherings, road trips, and group getaways that continue today.

Modern Memorial Day Celebration

Today’s Memorial Day weekend represents the perfect balance of honoring our nation’s heroes while celebrating freedom through travel and adventure. Many destinations host special ceremonies, parades, and commemorative events that add deeper meaning to vacation experiences, making May travel both recreational and reflective.

Memorial Day Weekend Travel Tips

May travel coincides with Memorial Day weekend, America’s unofficial start to summer, and a time to honor those who served our country. This three-day weekend creates unique opportunities and considerations for travelers:

Planning Considerations:

  • Book accommodations early, as Memorial Day weekend is one of the busiest travel periods
  • Expect higher rates and minimum stay requirements at popular destinations
  • Plan for increased crowds at major attractions and national parks
  • Consider arriving mid-week to avoid weekend traffic and secure better rates

Weather Advantages:

  • May offers ideal temperatures before summer heat intensifies
  • Spring blooms create stunning natural backdrops for photography
  • Comfortable conditions for outdoor activities and hiking
  • Perfect weather for beach visits without extreme summer crowds

Cultural Significance:

  • Many destinations host Memorial Day parades and ceremonies
  • Special events and festivals often coincide with the holiday weekend
  • Opportunities to visit military memorials and historical sites
  • Community gatherings and local celebrations enhance the travel experience

Spring Into Your Best Memorial Day Weekend Yet

There’s something magical about May travel that goes beyond just pleasant weather. This month captures the anticipation of summer while delivering the gentle warmth of late spring, creating the ideal atmosphere for meaningful Memorial Day gatherings. 

Rather than competing with peak-season crowds or dealing with uncomfortable heat, May offers your group the space and comfort to truly connect.

Your Memorial Day memories deserve more than standard hotel rooms. Discover your ideal group retreat and transform this holiday weekend into an annual tradition worth repeating.

May Sets the Stage for Epic Adventures

Memorial Day weekend marks more than just a long weekend—it’s the official launch of outdoor adventure season across America. May’s unique timing creates opportunities that simply don’t exist during other months, combining perfect weather windows with pre-summer pricing and availability.

The magic lies in May’s versatility: mountain destinations shed their winter coats while remaining comfortably cool, coastal areas warm up without reaching summer’s intensity, and cities come alive with outdoor festivals and events. This creates the rare opportunity for groups with different interests to find common ground in shared destinations.

With AvantStay as your trusted partner in creating unforgettable travel experiences, you can now plan your year of fun getaways. Here are more guides where you can make every season an adventure:

The Best 11 Vacation Rentals Near National Parks

Grab your boots, besties, we’re going hiking. If you’ve been meaning to cross some of our nation’s great parks off your bucket list, let this be your sign to do it. From Joshua Tree National Park to the Great Smoky Mountains, we’ve got vacation homes next to all things outdoors. Ready to explore? Let’s go!

Joshua Tree National Park

Asteroid – Twentynine Palms, CA

Get in touch with nature at Asteroid. Located right by Joshua Tree National Park, each and every corner of this home’s yard features views of the desert surrounding you. Take a day trip hiking and enjoy coming home to this aesthetically pleasing stay with al fresco dining, a hot tub, and a fire pit. 

Flora – Yucca Valley, CA

True to the desert, Joshua Tree can get pretty hot. That’s why we decided to include this Joshua Tree vacation rental with a pool. Flora is what you’d call a “desert oasis,” with its modern interior design, al fresco dining, and hot tub for those chillier nights. 

Not only is Flora great for its bodies of water, but it’s also pretty great at being a wedding venue. Don’t take it from us, take it from our friends at Architectural Digest.

Rocky Mountain National Park

Camber – Breckenridge, CO

This whole town might be high, but you’ll be too once you experience Breckenridge. Spend days exploring the Rocky Mountain National Park and all its beauty, then come home to Camber where the outdoors is anything but MIA. Take a breath of fresh air from the hot tub, dine out on the patio, cozy up by the fireplace, and cheers to this mountain getaway.

Rocker – Breckenridge, CO

Want to be next to the slopes on days you don’t go hiking? Try a stay at Rocker. This ski-in, ski-out stay is located just steps from the Quicksilver Chairlift in Breckenridge. Say hello to luxe amenities like this stay’s indoor/outdoor pool, gym, hot tubs, and saunas for all the decompression your heart can handle.

Great Smoky Mountains National Park

Crystalline – Sevierville, TN

Based on a study we totally didn’t make up, you’re twice as likely to enjoy your hikes when you have a home this great to come home to. Crystalline is the quintessential Smoky Mountains AvantStay – meaning it comes complete with decks on multiple levels, hot tubs, outdoor dining, a movie room, and views for days.

For more homes with movie theaters, check out this article.

Carter Creek – Gatlinburg, TN

For those looking for a more humble (but not too humble) abode, try a stay at Carter Creek. This is in Gatlinburg, home of Ole Smoky Mountain Moonshine. And not that we’re in the business of falsifying scientific studies over here, but moonshine does seem to be pretty good at making those post-hike pains dissipate. Other great things about this home: its fire pit, hot tub, and pool table.

Crater Lake National Park

Black Bear Cabin – Bend, OR

For a more secluded stay, take a trip to Black Bear Cabin. This stay blends modern luxury with the natural beauty of the landscape you came for. Enjoy Bend’s open skies and stunning sunsets from the backyard with a hot tub, lounge space, and a BBQ/grill for those fresh air meals you’ve been craving.

Grand Canyon National Park

Roca Roja – Sedona, AZ

If you don’t have the Grand Canyon National Park on your bucket list, WYD? While you’re at it, cross off “stay at the coolest vacation home ever” from your list (we know it’s there) with a stay at Roca Roja in Sedona. And we hate to admit it, but the views from this home’s balcony are so good, you might just forget to take a trip to the parks.

Sol House – Scottsdale, AZ

Want to see the Grand Canyon but would rather be a bit more immersed in city life? Take a trip to Scottsdale. We recommend a stay at Sol House. It’s next to all things Scottsdale – plus boasts features like a private pool, bright and airy interiors, outdoor dining, corn hole, a fire pit, and an expansive deck.

Ready for your next photoshoot? Check out the Top IG-worthy Spots to See in Scottsdale.

Congaree National Park

Live Oak – Folly Beach, SC

Located near Charleston, you’ll find Congaree National Park. ICYMI: this park has the largest tract of old-growth bottomland hardwood forest left in the US. When you’re not lost in the world of biodiversity that is Congaree, you can rest your head at Live Oak – our Charleston vacation home that blends indoor/outdoor living and gives you all you need for some well-deserved R&R.

Haven – Sullivans Island, SC

Let’s go to the beach! Create the perfectly stacked itinerary with days spent exploring Congaree, posting up on the beach with a read, and exploring the lively history that is Charleston. The first step to making all this happen is with a stay at Haven, our beachfront vacation home with a private pool, rooftop balcony, and plenty of spots to lounge.

Want more water? Check out our Waterfront Vacation Homes.

The exploration doesn’t stop here. Apart from its seamless group travel experience and a plentiful selection of luxury in-app upgrades, AvantStay homes are in primo outdoor locations – even more than what we just covered in this article. Click here to see all our destinations and we’ll see you soon!

Vacation Rental Owner Becomes Airbnb Superhost

Challenge: Help a seasoned short-term rental owner receive more five-star reviews, become an Airbnb Superhost, and drive more bookings year-round.

Background

Robert purchased his Park City vacation property in 2019 and had been successfully managing it as a short-term rental. Despite bookings being steady, Robert couldn’t figure out how to encourage guests to leave reviews and become a Superhost on Airbnb.

During his time managing his vacation rental on his own, Robert found it difficult to devote more of his time to communicating with guests along with taking care of mid-stay requests. Robert doesn’t live in Park City full-time. Therefore, he would often have friends check in on his property or assist guests while out of town.

Robert soon realized he needed additional help to provide his guests with excellent service and around-the-clock support. He began looking for a vacation rental management company to partner with. Robert reached out to AvantStay when he learned about our in-app upgrades and experiences, on-the-ground local support teams, and Airbnb Superhost status.

Solution

During the onboarding process, Robert discussed his struggle with becoming an Airbnb Superhost and not always being able to go above and beyond for his guests. He was pleased to learn that AvantStay’s local support team in Park City is available 24/7. The team can take care of every guest issue and stock the home with personalized welcome packages before each stay. Robert was also excited about AvantStay’s in-app upgrades and experiences, allowing his guests to request in-home massages, fridge stockings, mid-stay cleanings, and more.

With the COVID-19 pandemic still present, cleaning also became difficult for Robert. His home now receives premium care from AvantStay’s housekeeping team. The team professionally cleans after every stay, adhering to CDC-grade cleaning standards and a premium 100-point checklist.

On the design front, AvantStay’s interior designers saw an opportunity to refresh Robert’s home. They purchased furnishings to create a cozy space for guests to warm up after a day of skiing or relax after hiking, fly fishing, mountain biking, or exploring the town.

Property performance

Time with AvantStay: 13 months
Occupancy rate: 67%
Weekend occupancy rate: 77.5%
Rental income: $96,850

Results

After a year of working with AvantStay, Robert is officially an Airbnb Superhost with a five-star rating overall, and five stars for both communication and cleanliness. His short-term rental now receives more positive reviews than ever, with guests frequently commenting on the welcome gifts, in-app upgrades, amenities, and design.

Overall, Robert’s Superhost status and positive reviews have helped Robert increase bookings, even during Park City’s off-season. Since partnering with AvantStay, Robert’s occupancy rate increased to 67%, surpassing the average rate of 47% for the market.

“10/10 would recommend AvantStay for any short-term rental owners,” said Robert. “Even being located in a seasonal destination, my property still has more bookings than ever. My neighbors keep asking me how I keep the place filled. I’m always excited to tell them about AvantStay.”

Interested in learning more about vacation rental management with AvantStay? Our team of experts is here to help. Unlock your vacation rental’s full value and get started with our team today.

The Best Things to Do in Sonoma County

If you’re planning a trip to Sonoma County, California, explore this guide for inspiration as you build your list of things not to miss for your next vacation.

Sonoma is a historic city located in Northern California about 45 minutes from San Francisco and known for amazing vineyards, wineries, and sustainable farming. Whether you’re planning a quick day trip or staying for a week, there’s plenty to explore along the Sonoma Coast and historic Sonoma with shopping, wine tasting, bike tours, and other outdoor activities. 

Check out our list of the best things to do in Sonoma for your next vacation.

1. Relax & Refresh

Somehow time slows down in Sonoma. The down-to-earth nature and rustic vibes fill the area, creating the perfect setting to unwind and relax. Settle into your Sonoma vacation rental, pour a glass of pinot noir or chardonnay to enjoy a delicious farm-to-table lunch, and admire the beauty of the redwood trees.

2. Explore Sonoma Valley Wine Country

Sonoma Valley wine country offers world-class wine, making it one of the most popular attractions in northern California. This destination is home to 60,000 acres of vineyards in over 18 wine regions, offering different flavors that will appeal to everyone. 

The Sonoma County Terroir includes eighteen American Viticultural Areas which represent the diversity of this famous region and offer a larger variety of grapes than other notable wine destinations.

Traveling with a group? Booking a wine-tasting tour is one of the most fun things to do for a group of friends, family, or even a couple. Buena Vista Winery is one of the best in Sonoma. Be sure to book in advance for your group to secure a spot. 

Enjoy discussing your favorites in the tasting rooms post-wine tour to decide on which wines you’ll choose to bring home to your cellar.

It is easy to create your entire getaway around the theme of wine, if that’s your passion. There are plenty of guided tours and walking tours, and with Napa Valley nearby it is easy to explore both wine making regions over the same weekend.

Explore Group Vacation Rentals Near Sonoma Wine Country

Source: Sonoma Magazine

3. Visit Bodega Bay for the Day

Bodega Bay is famously known as the location for Alfred Hitchcock’s “The Birds,” and this Sonoma County destination also offers a perfect day trip for whale or bird watching. 

Start your day with a beautiful hike at Kortum Trail. This trail is easy for beginners who want to take in a gorgeous view of the Pacific Ocean. From March to April, you may even see a whale! For a delicious bite to eat, check out Fishetarian Market for fresh raw oysters or fish and chips.  Enjoy an afternoon treat with a stop by Patrick’s Salt Water Taffy to satisfy your sweet tooth. Before heading back to your Sonoma vacation home, boost your energy with a coffee or chai latte from Captain Davey’s Ice Cream and Espresso.

Source: Sonoma County

4. Kayak The Russian River in Guerneville

Not only is the Russian River great for swimming, paddling, and kayaking, it is the perfect spot to simply relax and enjoy the natural beauty of the waterway. There’s plenty to explore after a day on the water. Whether you stroll through charming Guerneville for local boutiques, cafes, galleries, and farm-to-table bites to eat, or you head out to explore Armstrong Redwoods State Natural Reserve—you can’t go wrong. 

Source: Smarter Travel

5. Visit Sonoma Breweries & Distilleries

Sonoma County is known for wineries, but did you know there are also plenty of excellent breweries and distilleries to enjoy? Explore the Sonoma beer trail to experience the best beverages in Sonoma County from Petaluma to Healdsburg. You’re sure to find some of the best craft beers on tap in Northern California.

Source: Sonoma County

6. Wildflowers in Sonoma Valley Regional Park

If you’re a fan of wildflowers, February through May is the perfect time to explore spring blooms in Sonoma County. You’ll find hiking trails named after flowers at Sonoma Valley Regional Park. Take an early hike through these stunning trails and prepare a picnic lunch from the local farmers market with local pinot noir or chardonnay from a Sonoma winery. You’ll be sure to find a variety of beautiful flowers to gaze at while you relax in nature. 

Source: Press Democrat

Experience the Best of Sonoma Valley  

Ready to experience all of the beauty, fun, and charm of Sonoma Valley has to offer? Sonoma is an excellent destination to visit with something fun to experience in every season. Use this guide to plan your next getaway and book your Sonoma vacation rental to enjoy all this lovely area has to offer.

If you’re looking for other recommendations in the area, be sure to check out our other resources:

Sonoma Country Wineries

Sonoma Vacation Rentals

Belleza by AvantStay

The 10 Best Fall Foliage Destinations in the USA

It’s time to cross that fall foliage trip off your bucket list! Grab your whole crew and head to one of the best leaf-peeping locations in the US. Each destination offers a unique experience, with a range of activities to make your autumn adventure truly unforgettable.

From picturesque mountains to serene lakeshores, we’ve compiled a list of the top 10 places to see fall foliage in all its glory—plus what to do while you’re there and our favorite AvantStay vacation rentals to stay at!

1. Smoky Mountains, TN

Fall Foliage Peak: Mid-October

The Great Smoky Mountains National Park in Tennessee is a fall foliage paradise, with colors typically peaking in mid-October. Drive through scenic byways, hike to majestic waterfalls, and partake in wildlife viewing in this renowned national park. Attend the annual Gatlinburg Craftsmen’s Fair, showcasing unique handmade creations, or venture out to Dollywood for a fun-filled day at Dolly Parton’s iconic theme park. 

Where to stay: Ranger

2. Berkshires, MA

Fall Foliage Peak: Late September to mid-October

The Berkshires in Massachusetts are synonymous with captivating fall foliage, which typically peaks from late September to mid-October. Rolling hills and valleys come alive with red, orange, and purple hues. Art enthusiasts will love the region’s vibrant cultural scene, with numerous galleries and performing arts venues. Additionally, you won’t want to miss the opportunity to go apple picking and revel in the tastes of the season. Gala, Fuji, or Granny Smith—take your pick!

Where to stay: Whitney

3. Breckenridge, CO

Fall Foliage Peak: Late September to early October

As the summer crowds dwindle, Breckenridge, Colorado, transitions into a wonderland of fall foliage from late September to early October. The aspen trees turn brilliant shades of yellow and gold, creating a striking contrast against the rugged mountains. For an adrenaline-filled autumn adventure, try your hand at rock climbing or mountain biking. If you prefer a more relaxed experience, explore the charming streets of the town, lined with quaint shops and inviting cafes.

Where to stay: Paddington

4. Hudson Valley, NY

Fall Foliage Peak: Mid-October

Hudson Valley makes for the perfect road trip from New York City—especially in the Autumn when fall foliage colors peak around mid-October. Stroll through charming towns, visit historic sites, and savor farm-to-table cuisine at a local restaurant. Explore one of the many apple orchards in the region, and definitely don’t leave before having a taste of an apple cider doughnut—it’s an upstate staple!

Where to stay: Cortland

5. Asheville, NC

Fall Foliage Peak: Late October

Nestled in the Blue Ridge Mountains, Asheville, North Carolina, experiences its fall foliage peak in late October. The city’s bohemian spirit blends seamlessly with nature’s display, creating a one-of-a-kind autumn atmosphere. Explore the iconic Biltmore Estate, hike along the scenic Blue Ridge Parkway, or indulge in the city’s thriving craft beer scene as you soak in the breathtaking surroundings. Cheers!

Where to stay: Juliet

6. Bend, OR

Fall Foliage Peak: Late September to early October

Bend, Oregon, offers a striking contrast of colors in late September to early October when the high desert landscape is adorned with golden aspens and fiery red maples. Embrace the outdoors with fly fishing along the Deschutes River, embark on a lava cave adventure, or take a leisurely stroll through the charming Old Mill District.

Where to stay: Black Bear Cabin

7. Park City, UT

Fall Foliage Peak: Late September to early October

Park City is so much more than just a winter ski town. As the leaves begin to change in late September to early October, Park City, Utah, transforms into a picture-perfect autumn postcard. Revel in the fall colors while mountain biking or hiking through trails. For an adrenaline rush, experience the thrill of ziplining or enjoy a scenic hot air balloon ride over the valleys. 

Where to stay: Sage

8. Big Bear, CA

Fall Foliage Peak: Mid-October

Tucked away in Southern California’s San Bernardino Mountains, Big Bear is a hidden gem for fall foliage seekers. The dense pine and oak forests showcase beautiful red, orange, and gold tones during mid-October. Take in the views on a scenic drive or go hiking along one of the many picturesque trails. For thrill-seekers, indulge in mountain biking or zip-lining through the fall colored trees.

Where to stay: Gambler

9. Lake Tahoe, CA

Fall Foliage Peak: Late September to mid-October

Nestled on the border of California and Nevada, Lake Tahoe boasts a fall foliage spectacle that begins in late September and lasts through mid-October. The surrounding Sierra Nevada Mountains become a mesmerizing canvas of warm autumn colors. Embrace the season with a boat cruise on the lake, or opt for hiking and witness the foliage up close. Don’t forget to visit local orchards and savor freshly picked apples and other fall treats.

Where to stay: Redwood

10. Charleston, SC

Fall Foliage Peak: Late October to early November

While Charleston, South Carolina, may not boast the same dramatic fall foliage as northern destinations, it still offers a unique and charming autumn experience. The city’s historic streets, adorned with oak-lined avenues, witness a gradual change in colors from late October to early November. Oh, and don’t forget to do a ghost tour while you’re there—October is the spookiest time to do so!

Where to stay: Live Oak

Ready to experience the best fall foliage this season? Once you’ve chosen your destination, find the perfect vacation rental for your autumn adventure on our website here!

22 Park City Airbnbs That You Can Book for Any Time of the Year

From the vibrant blooms of spring hiking and the thrilling trails of summer biking to the breathtaking colors of fall foliage and, yes, the unbeatable ski season.

Ever thought of Park City as just a winter wonderland? Think again! While the fresh powder and après-ski scene are legendary, this mountain escape truly shines in every season. But to really make the most of this ever-changing paradise, you need a home base that’s just as ready for adventure as you are, no matter what the calendar says.

We’ve put together a list of the best Park City Airbnbs that you can go to any time of the year, whether you’re chasing summer sunshine, autumn leaves, spring blooms, or that perfect winter ski trip. 

Get ready to discover homes that are ready to welcome you for every kind of Park City memory, 365 days a year!

Orion

Stay at Orion, a stunning, newly built luxury home in Park City that has incredible mountain views and is a perfect blend of outdoor adventures and relaxation for any season. This home feels modern and upscale inside with lots of light and space for everyone to enjoy. It’s also super conveniently located just minutes from Deer Valley and a short drive from Main Street, making it an elevated base for exploring everything Park City has to offer!

Top Amenities: Newly built, two-way fireplace, private office, downstairs living area with wet bar and game area (foosball), spacious covered deck with outdoor lounge seating and fire pit table, just minutes away from newly expanded Deer Valley Resort and Jordanelle Reservoir.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

House was beautiful and super convenient to Park City and Deer Valley resorts. Everything was new and clean. The host was very responsive and helpful with anything we needed throughout the stay. I would highly recommend this home!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Blue Skies Lakeside

A charming home in Park City where beautiful mountain views meet peaceful lakeshores, giving you a perfect mix of outdoor fun and relaxation no matter the season. Escape to Blue Skies Lakeside, where it feels really welcoming and cozy with comfy spaces for everyone to gather, eat, and unwind after a day of exploring. Its location is amazing, just minutes from both the slopes and the lake, making it super easy to dive into all the adventures Park City and the outdoors have for you!

Top Amenities: Minutes from Park City Mountain’s world-class ski slopes and Jordanelle Reservoir, private hot tub on the patio, well-equipped kitchen with Keurig, two inviting living areas with cozy fireplace, upper balcony with BBQ, washer and dryer.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

Plenty of room and very comfortable. With bedrooms upstairs and on the bottom level, this home would be ideal for a large family or group. Short drive to Park City and to Heber City as well. The hot tub was nice after a long day on the slopes. I would recommend reading the instructions that are sent (I didn’t) as they shared helpful information that I would have taken advantage of i.e. having groceries delivered since we arrived after 10pm and local ski equipment rental in the neighborhood. Kitchen is well appointed with plenty of pots, pans and even a variety of spices. Everything was very clean and well done. Would definitely recommend.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Reflection

Be absolutely amazed at Reflection, a truly luxurious mountain retreat tucked away above the Jordanelle Reservoir where stunning nature views come together perfectly for any season. This upscale home is designed to show off incredible, sweeping vistas from nearly everywhere, inviting you to relax and enjoy memorable moments with your whole group. It is an ultimate escape with tons of adventure nearby, being just minutes from the reservoir for summer fun!

Top Amenities: Panoramic views of Jordanelle Reservoir & Wasatch Mountains, floor-to-ceiling windows, living area with wet bar and game room (pool table), secondary firepit in yard, bocce ball court, chef’s kitchen, living rooms with fireplaces. 

What Our Recent Guest Said:

Absolutely breathtaking views! Beautiful home! We had a wonderful time together in the house. Is the perfect setting and amenities for a magical trip in any season. Avent Stay, the property manager, was wonderful to work with. A top notch rental experience.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Juniper Landing Bedroom 3

Step into this bright townhome and feel instantly welcomed by its stylish, open rooms filled with sunshine – it’s truly a perfect spot for a mountain escape any time of the year. Juniper Landing Bedroom 3 makes it easy for your group to gather comfortably, relax together, and enjoy the beautiful views around you. Plus, its location means you’re just a short walk to the gondola for quick access to all the mountain and village fun!

Top Amenities: Walkable to the Frostwood Gondola, community pool, hot tub, & gym, full kitchen, balcony/deck, fireplace. Within walking distance to Canyons Village shops and restaurants.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

The home was perfect for our family spring break ski trip. Canyons has always been one of our favorite places. This home made it even more special. The ski rack, boot dryer, and bench in the garage were a nice touch. Having the pool and hot tub directly across the street was very convenient. The kitchen was equipped with everything we would ever need. The crockpot was a nice surprise! When we return to the Canyons we will definitely stay here again! Thank you!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Powder Pointe

Escape to Powder Pointe, your own mountain retreat located right at the base of Canyons Village, offering incredible views and a comfy place to relax no matter the time of year. This home makes it super easy to get to the slopes and explore nearby spots, helping you plan your perfect Park City adventure with ease. With everything you need conveniently close by, it’s a great base for enjoying all that Park City has to offer!

Top Amenities: Located at the base of Canyons Village, a 5-minute walk to Canyons Cabriolet Gondola, complimentary on-call shuttle service in winter, access to heated outdoor pool, hot tub, and sauna at Red Pine Clubhouse, minutes from Main Street and Utah Olympic Park.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

We had a great stay! The place was exactly as described and had plenty of room for our two families. The kids loved the bunk room! The kitchen was great and we all enjoyed the fire place. Would definitely stay here again!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Park Ave Getaway

Park Ave Getaway is your cozy home tucked away in a really great spot in Park City, sitting right next to a park and just a quick stroll from Main Street and a lift, making it a perfect base for any time of year. When you step inside, it feels super welcoming with bright, open spaces and views of the mountains and park, ready for everyone to gather and relax together. It’s truly an ideal location if you want to easily experience a little bit of everything Park City has to offer!

Top Amenities: Just a few minutes’ walk from Main Street and the Old Town lift, located right next to Park City Library and park, views of the mountain ski resort and park, multiple living areas, back deck, mudroom, ski storage, private outdoor seating area.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

Perfect for a couples trip. The location was walking distance from the slopes, and there’s a hot tub overlooking a dog park, so it doesn’t get much better than that!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Silver Strike

Welcome to Silver Strike, a truly luxurious mountain escape right next to the Silver Strike Express Lift, giving you the ultimate ski-in, ski-out experience and a wonderful place to stay any time of year. Once you’re inside, the home feels welcoming and fancy, with a stylish design perfect for relaxing in comfort after a day exploring the mountains. It’s an unforgettable retreat with adventure and upscale amenities right at your fingertips!

Top Amenities: Ski-in, ski-out location next to Silver Strike Express Lift, direct access to the slopes, private hot tub with mountain views, fully equipped kitchen with top-of-the-line appliances, cozy living room with fireplace, Minutes from Park City Main St.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

My husband, niece and I enjoyed the beautiful ski in ski out condo! The location was perfect and the condo was clean, comfortable, and well equipped. We enjoyed the hot tub and the view! I would definitely recommend this place and plan another trip here! Thank you for being a great host!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Woodside Getaway

A truly charming and updated historic home in Park City that just feels so bright and open, making it a perfect spot–say hello to Woodside Getaway. The inside is designed for everyone to easily gather and relax after a day out, with a warm and welcoming feel. Its location is amazing, just a short walk from both the base of the resort and lively Main Street, offering great convenience for whatever you have planned!

Top Amenities: Short walk to the base of Park City Mountain Resort and Main Street, charming, remodeled, historic home, vaulted ceilings, flood of natural light, open layout, private hot tub on the back patio, fully stocked kitchen with stainless steel appliances, washer/dryer.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

We’ve stayed at this house twice now and both times were great! The pictures matched the house and getting into the house was very easy. Quick walk into town. AvantStay was very repsonsive when we had a question. The kitchen was well stocked. As others mentioned, the upstaris bedroom gets warm, even in the cooler months, we slept comfortably with the windows open.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Parkview Mountain House

Parkview Mountain House is built for the traveler who treats Park City as a 365-day playground — and it has the hardware to prove it. A 2025 AvantStay Awards finalist, this striking modern retreat pairs an architectural exterior with a warm, light-filled open layout, sliding doors to the patio, and a private hot tub under the stars. The garage doubles as a proper basecamp with ski racks, a boot dryer, and a dedicated waxing and tuning workstation, while dual desks keep remote workers connected between adventures. Slopes, trails, and Historic Main Street are all just minutes from your door.

Top Amenities: 2025 AvantStay Awards finalist, private hot tub and BBQ patio, garage gear room with waxing/tuning station, ski racks, and boot dryer, dual work desks, chef’s kitchen with dining for eight, minutes to Deer Valley, Park City Mountain, and Main Street.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“We had a wonderful time staying at this beautiful place with three other friends for a ski trip. The furniture was lovely, and it was only a 15-minute drive to Park City Ski Resort and a 20-minute drive to Salt Lake City. Everything went smoothly, and we will definitely recommend this place to anyone visiting the area!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Jupiter Peak

Experience the ultimate mountain retreat at Jupiter Peak, a stunning townhome that gives you gorgeous mountain views and a cozy place to unwind, no matter when you visit Park City. This home is set up great for enjoying the scenery and relaxing, perfect for your getaway. Plus, it’s in a super handy spot near Deer Valley and Main Street, with easy access to the free town shuttle to help you get around and see everything!

Top Amenities: Located in Deer Lake Village, gorgeous mountain views, private hot tub and BBQ area, close access to Park City’s complimentary shuttle system, fully equipped kitchen with Keurig, full-size washer and dryer, deck with seating.  

What Our Recent Guest Said:

The set up of the rooms (4 bedrooms) each with their own shower was really great. It allowed three sets of adults some private space and then let kids share a bunk room. The sizing and set up of all the bedrooms and shared living space was just the right amount to feel cozy and still be able to spread out. We really appreciated the Avantstay managers: they were easy to work with; we had to make a schedule change early on and they took care of that easily for us. We had a couple of questions and concerns during the trip and they quickly gave us responses as well as took note of our concerns to maintain the property for the next guests.We are booking with Avantstay again next year!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Main Street Escape

If Park City had a crown jewel of a home address, Main Street Escape would have it. This stunning 5-bedroom, 3,200+ sq ft Old Town townhome sits right off Historic Main Street, giving you that rare combo of total mountain comfort and zero-effort access to the best shops, restaurants, and nightlife in town. Inside, the stone-faced fireplace and Viking & Sub-Zero kitchen anchor a beautifully remodeled open-concept main level made for gathering — and when you’re ready for fresh air, a deck spanning the full width of the home delivers sweeping Deer Valley views. After a full day on the slopes or trails, the private hot tub is waiting.

Top Amenities: Right off Historic Main Street, stone-faced fireplace and 3,200+ sq ft of luxury living, commercial-grade Viking & Sub-Zero kitchen with seating for 10, expansive deck with Deer Valley and Park City valley views, private hot tub, double car garage, Deer Valley Resort nearby.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

“The location is unbeatable — right at the top of Main Street with everything at your doorstep. The home is stunning, perfectly equipped, and the hot tub after a day on the slopes is exactly what you need.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Snow King

Get ready to kick off your Park City adventure at Snow King, a home that feels like a cozy mountain lodge, giving your group just the right amount of space and comfort. Step inside rooms full of light that are perfect for hanging out and enjoying time together after a day exploring the outdoors or the town. Its location puts you conveniently close to both Main Street and several big ski resorts, making it a top pick for an easy and fun getaway!

Top Amenities: Proximity to Park City’s Main St. and multiple major ski resorts, roomy living area with wood-burning fireplace, spacious kitchen and dining area with bay windows and natural lighting, private hot tub, sauna. 

What Our Recent Guest Said:

This home was absolutely amazing! It is about a 10 min walk to town, 5 min walk to the nearest lift and right across the street from a dog park. Plenty of room and very clean. We will definitely look to book this place again in the future. Can’t say enough good things about the experience!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Alpine Abode

Check out Alpine Abode, a stunning single-level place right in the heart of Canyons Village with views that will seriously take your breath away. This condo is designed for comfort and convenience with unique elevator access, letting you easily get around and enjoy everything the village and mountains have to offer. Being right at the base of Canyons Village means you’re perfectly located for exploring and making the most of your trip!

Top Amenities: Stunning single-level residence with elevator access, private patio with epic Canyons Village views and BBQ grill, located right at the base of Canyons Village and the 13th hole of the Canyons Golf Course with easy access to Park City’s free transportation system.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

Great location with an easy walk to the lift! The unit is also beautiful with amazing sunrises in the morning. Community hot tub also very close!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Hillside Overlook

Hillside Overlook offers the best of both worlds in Park City, giving you that quiet mountain getaway feel with amazing views while still being right in the heart of Old Town. This home is easy to enjoy with stunning scenery, or gather with your group for relaxing meals and downtime inside. The free town trolley stopping right outside is a huge bonus, letting you easily explore all the shops, restaurants, and lifts without needing your car!

Top Amenities: Old Town views from multiple rooms and expansive wrap-around deck, Main Street Trolley stops just steps from the home, complimentary transportation right from the doorstep, oversized hot tub.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

This house is super well appointed with all the amenities you could ask for at a ski resort town like Park City. 100 steps from main street, hot tub, lovely deck with outstanding views. You can feel that this is not just a rental home but someone’s second home away from home.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Quicksilver

Step into Quicksilver, a place that strikes a cool balance between sleek and modern style with that cozy cabin feeling, making it a great spot to hit pause and recharge after any kind of day in Park City. How you choose to unwind here is totally up to you, whether you’re chilling by the fireplace or curled up in one of the comfy beds. It’s an ideal hideaway for resting up and being ready for whatever Park City adventures await, no matter the season!

Top Amenities:  Big windows, vaulted ceilings, fireplace, TV, comfortable beds, pack n’ play, and high chair available. Near The Moose Cafe, Snowbird, Deer Valley Resort, Park City Mountain, Historic Main Street.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

We had a wonderful time at this property. House was very clean and check in process could not have been easier. Definitely would recommend it and would stay there again. Great experience for my whole family.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Raddon

Step back in time at Raddon, a truly one-of-a-kind Victorian gem nestled right in the heart of Park City’s Old Town that offers a unique and soulful escape from ordinary homes. This historic place is bursting with character, blending its old-world aesthetic with comfy modern touches. A perfect spot to relax after a day of adventure and enjoy lovely views from the balconies. Its unbeatable location, just steps from bustling Main Street and the slopes, makes it rare.

Top Amenities:  Inviting interior with historic roots, two spacious balconies and treetop views, exposed wood beams, fully equipped kitchen, cozy living room with fireplace, private hot tub, near Deer Valley Mountain Resort, and local restaurants/bars.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

My wife and I rented this property for a family ski vacation with our two sons, their wife\fiance and our two 4yr old granddaughters. It was perfect. We all felt very comfortable in the space. The location was ideal. Very walkable, just a block to Main Street Park City. The property was very well supplied with linens, towels and kitchen\cooking utensils. Hot tub, front porch and inside fireplace were all lovely. I highly recommend this property for a family vacation or gathering of friends. In addition, AvantStay was very responsive and accommodating to our requests\needs.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Silver Sun

Discover a beautiful custom home nestled in Deer Valley’s Empire Pass that gives you exquisite mountain views and amazing ski-in/ski-out access, making it a perfect luxury retreat for any season. Silver Sun offers comfy, spacious living areas for everyone to gather and relax, whether you’ve been out on the slopes or just taking in the views from inside or out. Its location is great, offering a peaceful mountain setting that’s still just a short drive from the fun of Main Street!

Top Amenities: Exquisite mountain views, ski-in/ski-out access just 150 feet away, private office with workstation, two living spaces, private hot tub and fire pit, fully equipped kitchen, two-minute drive from spas and restaurants at Montage.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

Beautiful home! Well appointed kitchen – great for cooking family meals. Gorgeous views and excellent location. Luckily was still ski in / ski out (following short walk up the drive /few steps enroute to Northside Lift). Very thoughtful and much appreciated welcome amenity & quick response to our on site questions. Look forward to returning!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Resort Plaza #5012

Resort Plaza #5012 is a wonderfully located condo right in the base village of Park City Mountain Resort, where you can cozy up and soak in mountain views throughout the year. This spot makes it incredibly easy to get out and play, with the lifts for skiing, mountain biking, and hiking right outside your door! It’s a fantastic and convenient base for anyone wanting unbeatable access to the mountain and easy transportation to explore all of Park City.

Top Amenities: Conveniently located in Park City Mountain Resort, lifts for skiing/mountain biking/hiking, free, citywide shuttle route, mountain views, seasonal shared hot tubs, pack n’ play, and high chair available. 

What Our Recent Guest Said:

We very much enjoyed our stay. Great location- n easy walk to lifts. Condo was spacious and worked perfectly for our group. Avant Stay was on it!!!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Silvertown

Imagine stepping into a spot in Park City that feels completely fresh and modern – that’s Silvertown, ready for your next trip any time of the year! This condo is set up for effortless exploring, putting you just a short walk from the slopes and a quick ride away from Main Street and all the town’s hotspots. It is comfortable and convenient, making it your perfect home for enjoying Park City adventures, whatever the season!

Top Amenities: Walkable to the Park City bus stop, Starbucks, and a grocery store. Ski rentals are just 3 minutes away. Two living rooms with a fireplace, a loft space, a fully equipped kitchen, available cribs, and a high chair.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

3 adults, 5 kids, and our small dog had more than enough room to spread out. The description and photos are accurate. Everything in the property was in good working order. The hosts proactively checked in with us via text throughout the stay and answered the one property-related question very quickly and accurately. Good experience.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Silverado

Time for Silverado! A sophisticated and modern mountain house where you and your fave people can come together beautifully. An ideal getaway where majestic views help you feel right at home any time of year. This place is designed for relaxing after your adventures and enjoying the stunning landscape. With easy ski-in/ski-out access and a focus on comfort, it’s a truly perfect spot for your Park City escape!

Top Amenities: ski-in/ski-out access to the Apex Clubhouse that has a spa, pool, fitness center, massage room, sauna, and workspace, private hot tub on the balcony, fireplace, near Deer Valley Mountain Resort, Main Street, and local restaurants/bars.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

Blown away!!! This vacation rental exceeded every single one of our expectations and then some. The level of care and attention the hosts provided was extraordinary. They had a high chair and 2 pack n play cribs in the condo ready to go for us. Made it so easy. The condo itself was immaculate, modern, clean, and equipped with all the amenities you could want. Great views through the massive windows. Parking spot in the parking garage is 2 steps from your door, on the same level as the kitchen and main living room. True ski in/out off your porch. Every detail is carefully thought out to ensure maximum comfort and convenience. One of the most impressive experiences was how accommodating the staff was. We had a little trouble figuring out how to use the TV and the gas fireplace, and they had someone, Chris (a lifesaver!), at the door within 15 minutes! He was so friendly, replaced the batteries in the remote, walked us through how everything worked, and made sure we were completely set up. They even followed up later to apologize for the “inconvenience,” though honestly, it barely felt like one at all, especially given how quickly they helped us out! If you’re looking for a place where luxury meets genuine hospitality, this is it. I could not say enough to compliment how fantastic the condo, location, and AvantStay was. Thank you for going above and beyond to make our stay unforgettable!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Norfolk Escape

Charming, cozy, and warm (in a good way), Norfolk Escape is your home tucked away in Park City’s Old Town. With its welcoming feeling, it makes it a perfect spot for a mountain getaway with family or friends any time of year! This place is designed for comfort and relaxation after a day on the hill, with inviting spaces you’ll look forward to coming home to. Its location is fantastic and super easy to explore all the shops, restaurants, and slopes!

Top Amenities: 5-minute walk to the Town Lift and Main Street for shops and best restaurants in the area, hot tub, washer/dryer, fully stocked kitchen, card and board games, pack n’ play and high chair available. 

What Our Recent Guest Said:

Great location: a 5 minute walk down the street gets you on Town Lift and on the slopes. And a 5-10 min walk gets you to the heart of Old Town Park City with all the best restaurants and bars! Very Spacious and Homey: Plenty of comfortable seating in the family room for our group to spread out and watch TV or play games after a day on the slopes! The primary bed room and bunk room are large rooms with plenty of space. The queen bedroom is on the small size , just enough room for the bed, and could use a TV. Kitchen is large and well stocked with serving ware and equipment. We would highly recommend this home!!

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Mountain Lover

A truly luxurious and modern home perched high on a bluff where breathtaking views and comfortable design blend perfectly for a fantastic escape any time of year. Mountain Lover is set up for your group to easily enjoy the adventure and tranquility from inside and out. With stylish spaces to relax after exploring the outdoors or the town, its location also provides super convenient access to the reservoir for summer fun.

Top Amenities: Views of Wears Valley and Jordanelle Reservoir, bedrooms with fireplaces, balcony access, work and office area. Private at-home fitness studio, home theater with projector screen, pool table, foosball table, wet bar, airy deck, private hot tub, BBQ grill.

What Our Recent Guest Said:

Recently stayed in this property with our extended family and had a wonderful time. There was plenty of room for everybody, the home is immaculately clean, and views are spectacular! It snowed during our stay and we were grateful that the neighborhood was promptly plowed and the driveway was heated, which made getting in and out a breeze. AvantStay was easy to work with, regularly communicated with us to make sure that check-in and check-out were seamless, and was responsive to all of our needs throughout our stay.Anybody staying here should be aware that the neighborhood is still under construction (which the listing makes clear), but we didn’t find it obtrusive and wouldn’t hesitate to stay again.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Deal!)

Is Park City Only Fun When It Snows?

You might know Park City is best for its amazing ski slopes in the winter, but honestly? This town is a total blast all year round. So, the answer is no.

If you’re thinking about booking one of these awesome Airbnbs and you might be wondering what there is to do when there’s no snow on the ground. Get ready to be surprised!

Aside from the best things to do in Park City, when spring arrives and the snow melts, the mountains turn into a huge playground for hiking and mountain biking, with tons of trails opening up. 

Summer brings warm, sunny days perfect for exploring even more trails, trying out water sports on nearby lakes like Jordanelle Reservoir, or enjoying outdoor concerts and festivals. 

Fall is absolutely beautiful with all the leaves changing colors, making it a gorgeous time for scenic drives and crisp hikes, plus the crowds are usually smaller. 

Even in the “shoulder seasons,” you can still explore the charming shops and restaurants on Historic Main Street, visit the Utah Olympic Park, or just relax and take in the stunning mountain scenery.

Make Memories No Matter What the Calendar Says

Intrigued enough to experience the magic of Park City throughout the year? Every season is prime time for making lasting memories, and finding a great place to stay that welcomes you year-round is the first step to making that happen. Book a stay today!

Explore all Park City homes →

The Polo Villas: Your dream corporate retreat location!

Welcome to our incredible 18-home gated Polo Villa community in La Quinta, offering multiple buyout options with up to 104 bedrooms and bathrooms—perfect for groups of all sizes!

These stunning properties are designed to create memorable experiences, providing the perfect blend of comfort and style. From pickleball courts to putting greens, from private pools to pool tables, there’s more than enough to entertain your group. Whether you’re planning a corporate retreat, meeting, or special gathering, our venues are tailored to meet your needs.

To enhance your stay, we offer a range of add-on services and experiences, from team-building activities to bespoke dining options, ensuring your next corporate offsite is truly unforgettable.Looking for a unique and inspiring location? We can accommodate your team.

Check out all the details on our Polo Villas at the below, and reach out to our team at offsites@avantstay.com to get started on booking your perfect corporate retreat or offsite!

The 20 Best Bars in Key West

When it comes to the story of alcohol in America, you couldn’t write it without the help of Key West, which has been an enclave for good times, food, and drinks for around 200 years. The city has a rich history of rum running, and during prohibition, Key West residents took the law as more of a polite suggestion than something to be adhered to.

These days, Key West is many things to different people. Whether you’re looking for a family-friendly destination, exciting nightlife, a local dive bar, or a relaxing day at a tiki bar, Key West is the perfect place to hangout. There are also plenty of yearly festivals to enjoy, from Hemingway Days to Key West Fantasy Fest, Lobster Fest, and many more, depending on when you’re visiting the Florida keys.

You’re sure to be thirsty when you arrive in Key West, so we’ve prepared an exhaustive list of the best bars in Key West on and off the beaten path for you to enjoy on your travels. Be sure to check out as many of these legendary spots, grab your margaritas, hit the dance floor and explore everything Key West has to offer.

El Maison de Pepe

Fancy dinner at El Maison de Pepe, one of the best Key West bars
El Maison de Pepe

The jewel of Mallory Square and the perfect sunset spot in Key West, El Maison de Pepe is a must-see destination in Key West.

Since 1986, chef Pepe Diaz has served traditional Cuban Conch cuisine, mojitos, daiquiris, other delicious rum cocktails, and picturesque sunsets. Be sure to get here early if you plan on enjoying the sunset because they don’t take reservations.

Tipsy Rooster

Right on the main strip in Old Town Key West is the world-famous Tipsy Rooster. This bar was a winner of the 2022 Trip Advisor Traveler’s Choice Award, and it’s one bar you must try on your trip.

The Tipsy Rooster features live music every afternoon and evening and an inventive list of signature cocktails made with house-infused liquors. This unique bar also houses one of Key West’s best liquor stores so that you can grab a bottle for the road on your way out the door.

Little Room Jazz Club

From Wednesday through Sunday, stop into the Little Room Jazz Club on Duval Street for inventive cocktails, inspired small bites, and the best musicians you’ll find in Key West. The Little Room is home to some of the nation’s best jazz performers, and it’s an ideal spot to relax and unwind after a day of fun in the sun.

Old Town Tavern

A stone’s throw from the Little Room Jazz Club on Duval Street, you’ll find the Old Town Tavern and Beer Garden, one of the best places in the city to gather with friends for a quick bite and a delicious drink.

Old Town Tavern offers one of the best happy hour programs on the island, with happy hour from 4-7 pm and 11 pm to close. Their full menu is available until closing, making this the perfect spot for some late-night eats.

The Smallest Bar in Key West

The Smallest Bar in Key West
The Smallest Bar in Key West

Towards the end of Duval Street, surrounded by some of Key West’s most famous tiki bars, you’ll find a tiny bar about the size of a jail cell known as The Smallest Bar in Key West.

What it lacks in size, it makes up for in charm. This tiny bar is the perfect spot to grab a drink and chat with the bartender about the best spots in town, which all happen to be around the block from this famous watering hole.

Lucy’s Retired Surfers Bar

Lucy’s has only been in Key West for around five years, but in that short time, this bar has cemented itself as a Key West classic. Pop into Lucy’s for inventive vacation cocktails, a cold beer, or a bite to eat. For those of you with the courage to spare, try Lucy’s famous scorpion shot. Sure, you may get stung by a scorpion, but at least you get a t-shirt to commemorate the experience!

Willie T’s

In the heart of world-famous Duval Street, you’ll find an inviting coastal dive known as Willie T’s. At Willie’s, can enjoy an inventive list of new and classic cocktails, unfussy pub grub, and live music every day from open until close.

Willie T’s has some of the best drink specials in Key West, with rotating selections every day. It’s also the best spot in Key West for some late-night fun since they’re open until 4 am on the weekends.

Bull & Whistle

One of the most fun and iconic bars in Key West, Bull & Whistle is a bar within a bar on Key West’s busiest strip for bars and restaurants.

On the ground floor, you’ll find The Bull, an expansive room with a long bar, plenty of seating, and live music. The Bull is one of the last remaining open-air bars in Key West, and it’s one of the best places to spend an afternoon on the island.

Head upstairs, and you’ll find the Whistle Bar, which is a bustling game room with a large squared bar and pool tables. The Whistle Bar overlooks Duval Street and Caroline Street and gives you a bird’s eye view of everything happening on the street.

The Whistle always has a great breeze, and it’s one of the most comfortable spots to hang out outdoors in Key West.

Beyond these two bars, there’s still more to see here at the Bull & Whistle, and we’ll cover that below.

The Garden of Eden

One of the best Key West bars, the Garden of Eden rooftop view
Garden of Eden

High atop the Bull & Whistle bar at the rooftop level, you’ll find the inviting Garden of Eden bar. This clothing-optional bar’s motto is “drinking is mandatory, clothing is optional.” You won’t find cameras or cell phones at the Garden of Eden, but you’ll find just about everything else.

Whether you bring your birthday suit or not, The Garden of Eden offers arguably the most fun of all the bars here at Bull & Whistle, and the nightly DJ is sure to get your crew up and moving.

The Rum Bar

Whether staying the week or just stopping by for a quick drink, The Rum Bar at Speakeasy Inn is a must-try in Key West. The Inn is one of the finest places to stay in Key West, and it’s at the southernmost point of Duval Street, one of the most coveted destinations in the Keys.

As for the Rum Bar, they’re open from 11 am until midnight or later, serving up some of the best cocktails in the Keys. For those who love rum, you’ll find more than 350 exclusive bottles from around the world on the shelves of this cozy and inviting bar.

Point 5 Lounge

Point 5 Lounge is a short walk from the Ernest Hemmingway house on Duval Street, and it’s the ideal location for a romantic dinner or a few cocktails. Originally constructed in 1850, the Point 5 Lounge served as a beautiful Victorian-style residence for over 100 years before being repurposed as one of Key West’s coziest and most romantic restaurants since 2002.

The bar is excellent and stocked with anything you could ever want to drink, and the kitchen is one of the best places to grab a meal.

Hog’s Breath Saloon

Established in 1976, the Hog’s Breath Saloon has become a must-see destination in Key West to relax and unwind. This unfussy haunt is pure Key West, and they offer a full kitchen to go along with their island-inspired cocktails. Try one of their famous key lime shooters before you head out the door.

Schooner Wharf

One of the best Key West bars, the Schooner Wharf Bar
Schooner Wharf

At the end of the Historic Harbor Walk, you’ll arrive at the former location of the Singleton Shrimp factory. The shrimp factory has long been replaced by the Schooner Wharf Bar, but you’ll still find plenty of fishy business here.

Schooner Wharf opens bright and early every day for their Breakfast on the Bight service, and they keep cruising every day until 4 am, with three separate happy hours throughout the day. For those arriving by sea, boat slips are available for you daily or monthly. When you stop by, be sure to try a signature Schooner lemonade.

Hemingway Rum Distillery

A block from the water at the corner of Greene and Simonton, you’ll find a tribute to one of Key West’s most famous residents, Ernest Hemmingway. When Hemmingway wasn’t writing the most iconic literature in American history, he was fishing aboard his boat, Pilar, or enjoying a rum cocktail somewhere in Key West.

The distillery that bears his name is one of Key West’s most popular tourist destinations and a great way to grab specialty drinks and some local history. The distillery features a small tasting room for you to enjoy some of their famous rum, and they also offer cocktail classes, ghost tours, and much more at this iconic rum factory.

Green Parrot

If you only have time to visit one of the haunts on our list, let it be Key West’s most iconic bar, the Green Parrot. This Key West staple has been at the corner of Whitehead and Southard for over a century, and the spot has been a bar since the 50s. Although the name has changed, the spirit endured, and for decades the legend of the Green Parrot grew.

Today, the parrot is Key West’s most iconic bar. They’re open daily until 4 am with happy hour from 4-7 pm. There’s also an on-site liquor store, in case you need to take something with you for your travels.

Margaritaville

These days, you can throw a dart at a map and end up somewhere near a Margaritaville location, but there’s only one original Margaritaville, and it’s here in Key West.

The original Margaritaville is a bit of a tourist trap, but for parrotheads and those hoping to pay homage to Key West’s living legend Jimmy Buffet, a stop at Margaritaville is a must.

Rum Row

Rum Row bar interior
Rum Row

Tucked away inside The Gates Hotel, you’ll find one of Key West’s best bars, Rum Row. Rum Row is the perfect haunt for vacationers hoping for something a bit more high-end than the open-air watering holes of Duval Street.

Rum Row emphasizes local rum and cigars, and thanks to their partnership with Key West Legal Rum and Rodriguez Cigars, they have both in high supply. Grab a fresh local rum runner or mojito and enjoy it with a cigar as you watch the sunset.

Captain Tony’s Saloon

Buffet fans are sure to know this local watering hole, immortalized in Jimmy Buffet’s song “Last Mango in Paris.” This historic bar has been a part of Key West lore for over 100 years, and it was a favorite spot of local legends like Ernest Hemingway, Tennessee Williams, and Truman Capote.

At Captain Tony’s, there’s live entertainment every afternoon and a band every night, and there always seems to be a seat at the bar waiting for you when you arrive.

Sloppy Joe’s

Often confused with Captain Tony’s Saloon, which was once known as Sloppy Joe’s before Captain Tony Tarracino acquired it, Sloppy Joe’s is another iconic bar where every Key West visitor should grab a drink.

Like Captain Tony’s, Sloppy Joe’s is one of the most historic watering holes in town, and it was a favorite haunt of Ernest Hemmingway. Plenty has changed in Key West over the years, but Sloppy Joe’s isn’t one of them.

Tiki House

No vacation is complete without a classic tiki cocktail served in a fun glass, and Tiki House is the best place in Key West to enjoy one. Once you step inside this Greene Street bar, you’re immediately transported to 1950s California for some fun in the sun.

Tiki House offers an expansive menu of classic and modern tiki cocktails, and on Wednesdays and Saturdays, they offer a Tiki Cocktail Class from 1-3 pm. The bar offers daily happy hour from 4-6 pm and live music every night.

Conclusion

Key West has no shortage of bars waiting to offer you a night you’ll never forget. Make sure you check out our Key West vacation homes for a stay above the rest!

Top 18 Fun Airbnbs for Kids Packed with Entertainment

Imagine a vacation rental where bounce houses wait in the backyard, movie theaters hide upstairs, and themed bedrooms transport them to their favorite worlds. Your kids running through the house, discovering a new adventure around every corner, instead of whining “I’m bored” five minutes after arrival. 

Finding accommodations that actually keep children entertained saves your sanity and creates those magical vacation moments families remember for years. 

From indoor water slides to backyard playhouses, arcade machines to basketball courts, these fun airbnbs for kids are packed with enough fun features to make kids forget about their tablets and actually want to play outside or explore indoors.

No more desperately searching for activities because the house itself becomes the entertainment. Parents get to relax while kids burn energy safely within the property, making everyone’s vacation actually feel like a vacation.

Fun Airbnbs for Kids

💡 Not sure what to look for in vacation homes? Check out our guide on tips on finding the best kid-friendly vacation home to make your search easier.

Ever After – Orlando, Florida

Can accommodate up to 22 guests | 10 beds and 8 baths

At Ever After, the bedrooms are the main event. A princess suite, a Harry Potter hideaway, a Mickey Mouse room, and a Minecraft-styled space mean every kid gets to claim their own world at bedtime. Tucked into the gated Windsor Island Resort just minutes from Disney World and Universal Studios, this 10-bedroom Davenport escape practically becomes a second theme park the moment you walk in.

Why This House is Fun: The themed rooms get the gasps at check-in, but the fun keeps going from there. A second-floor Star Wars theater sets the stage for epic movie nights, the game room keeps friendly tournaments rolling with arcade games and a pool table, and the private screened-in pool means all-day splashing without a single bug bite. When the group wants even more, the resort’s community pool, basketball court, sand volleyball, and mini golf are all part of the deal — so park rest days are anything but boring.

Best Home Features:

  • Four themed bedrooms — a princess room, a Harry Potter room, a Mickey Mouse room, and a Minecraft room
  • Second-floor Star Wars home theater plus a game room with arcade games and a pool table
  • Private screened-in pool, covered patio with loungers, and al fresco dining
  • Gated Windsor Island Resort access — community pool, basketball court, sand volleyball, and mini golf, minutes from Disney and Universal

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This home was a perfect fit for our family. Spacious, spotless, and thoughtfully set up for both kids and adults. The themed rooms, game areas and pool made downtime just as fun as park days… We’re already talking about coming back.”

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Game Farm Villa – Hudson Valley, New York

Can accommodate up to 28 guests | 10 beds and 8 baths

Game Farm Villa is a 12,000-square-foot estate on 10 acres that redefines family fun with features that make kids forget their devices exist. Multiple living areas mean adults get space while children create their own entertainment universe in dedicated play zones.

Why This House is Fun: The recreation room features two full-size inflatable bounce houses with turf flooring that lets kids jump themselves into exhaustion. When they finally tire of bouncing, the game room has pool tables and arcade games. 

Best Home Features:

  • Outdoor pool, hot tub, fire pit, and private pond with a pedal boat
  • Sauna room, poker table, bridge, and ramp by the pond
  • Located in the Catskill Mountains near hiking trails, waterfalls, and Olana State Historic Site

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This was an awesome family vacation in a lovely location. We never left the property as there was plenty to do for all ages from 2 to 83. The yard and pool, fire pit, game room were big hits. The beds were so comfortable and rooms dark and well insulated from neighboring rooms and temperatures were individually controlled. The kitchen with 2 ovens and 2 dishwashers and lots of space was fabulous for cooking large meals. Highly recommend!” – Linna R.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Twin Creeks Ranch – Aspen, Colorado

Can accommodate up to 17 guests | 8 beds and 8 baths

Nestled on 25 acres along Snowmass Creek, Twin Creeks Ranch has luxury living vibes with serious kid appeal. The property spans enough land for kids to roam safely while parents maintain that coveted vacation peace of mind.

Why This House is Fun: The outdoor cabin playhouse becomes the kids’ headquarters for the entire trip, complete with enough space for imaginative adventures. Add a teepee for camping dreams, plus pickleball and basketball courts when they need to burn energy before dinner. 

Best Home Features:

  • Private pond, hot tub, outdoor pavilion, fire pit, fireplace, sauna
  • Pickleball court, basketball court, pool table, outdoor gear
  • 20 minutes from downtown Aspen and world-class ski resorts

This property is awaiting its first guest reviews. Be the first to create memories here and share your family’s experience!

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

The Pond Estate – Coachella Valley, California

Can accommodate up to 20 guests | 11 beds and 10 baths

Spanning 12 acres with three separate houses, The Pond Estate has entertainment on a scale that most families only dream about. The massive property means kids explore different zones throughout the day without ever feeling confined. 

Why This House is Fun: The 3,000-square-foot converted garage game house packs wall-to-wall entertainment, including every game imaginable, plus a wet bar for parents. Kids rotate between indoor and outdoor pools, tennis courts, and multiple expansive lawns.

Best Home Features:

  • Indoor and outdoor pools, hot tubs, fire pit,a  tennis & pickleball court, and a private lake
  • 14-person dining table, grand piano, yoga and studio space, presentation space
  • Private fitness gym, movie room, outdoor kitchen, with an EV charger, helipad
  • 10 minutes from downtown Palm Springs, Indian Canyons hiking, and championship golf courses

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Beautiful property, would definitely recommend to others and will be back again! Hosts were wonderful and ready to accommodate.” – Khloe W.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Otter Banks – Poconos, Pennsylvania

Can accommodate up to 18 guests | 7 beds and 4 baths

Located in a peaceful setting, this cozy Poconos retreat proves you don’t need massive estates to keep kids entertained during mountain getaways. The intimate size of Otter Banks actually brings families together while still offering enough activities to prevent boredom.

Why This House is Fun: The Nintendo Switch gaming console becomes the rainy day hero when mountain weather doesn’t cooperate. Kids can play their favorite games while parents enjoy the hot tub on the deck. 

Best Home Features:

  • Hot tub, deck with outdoor seating, picnic table, fireplace, and high chair 
  • 8 amenity wristbands, an Electric guitar, with an EV charger, foosball, and a pool table
  • Close to restaurants, stores, nature spots, and ski resorts

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had a really wonderful stay at this Airbnb! The house was clean, comfortable, and perfect for our family. The kids loved having space to play and the cozy setup made us feel right at home. We especially enjoyed relaxing in the hot tub in the evenings after exploring nearby attractions. The location was peaceful yet close to restaurants, stores, and beautiful nature spots. The host was friendly and responsive throughout our stay, which made everything smooth and easy. Overall, it was a great family getaway. We’d definitely love to come back again!” – Zahirul I.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Alta Vista Estate – Los Angeles, California

Can accommodate up to 15 guests | 5 beds and 7 baths

The entertainment here at Alta Vista Estate focuses on water fun that keeps children occupied for hours. This LA property features the amenity that makes kids squeal with excitement, while the outdoor area becomes the main attraction during California’s endless sunny days.

Why This House is Fun: The pool water slide creates that resort feeling right at your private rental. Kids can spend entire afternoons racing down the slide and jumping back in for another turn. 

💡Looking for more aquatic fun? Check out best vacation rentals with cool pools, best vacation rentals with water slides, and best vacation rentals with infinity pools.

Best Home Features:

  • Infinity swimming pools, 2nd swimming pool with a long water slide
  • Hot tub, sauna, putting green, pool table, arcade machines, piano, private gym
  • Basement game room with ping pong, foosball, air hockey, and shuffleboard
  • Near Malibu beaches, Beverly Hills, and downtown LA, and 30 minutes from Hollywood and Universal Studios

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“I gotta say this is one of the best Airbnb’s I have ever stayed at! It was clean Private And the house and everyone involved were super amazing with response time and getting things done I loved the entire stay, you will not regret booking this place. It is so amazing! If you love waterslides, it’s such a fun little waterslide and the hot tub is great There’s so many beautiful rooms Honestly, I cannot give this place more than five stars but if I could, I would!” – Bianca B.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Coconut Breeze – Orlando, Florida

Can accommodate up to 25 guests | 9 beds and 6 baths

Coconut Breeze is located in the Disney vacation rental capital. It is an Orlando gem with themed bedrooms that make kids’ eyes light up at bedtime. The home sits close enough to theme parks for easy access without the hotel hassle. 

Why This House is Fun: Game rooms mean entertainment continues even on park rest days when everyone needs to recharge. Combined with multiple character-themed bedrooms, kids get transported into their favorite movies and stories, and get imaginative or active. 

Best Home Features:

  • Frozen, Mickey Mouse, Star Wars, Avengers, Jurassic Park, and Harry Potter rooms
  • Private pool, back patio with outdoor setup, arcade machines, 14-seater dining table
  • Short drive to Disney World, Universal Studios, and Solara Resort

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Perfect home to share with families. Plenty of space, huge living and dining area, short drive to the parks. All of the themed rooms and game rooms were amazing. The property manager was very responsive and great to work with. Would definitely recommend this property!” – Leslie S.

💡Looking for more themed options? Check out our family-friendly Orlando Airbnbs with themed rooms & games.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Starview at Brasada Ranch Resort — Central Oregon

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 2 baths

A private home comfort with resort amenities that keep families entertained beyond their rental walls. Welcome to Starview at Brasada Ranch Resort, where kids enjoy activities and programs without parents planning every minute.

Why This House is Fun: Resort amenities become an extension of your rental, offering supervised activities and entertainment. Activities can include a golf course, volleyball, basketball, horse riding, fishing, extensive hiking trails, and many more. Back at the house, the game room keeps competition going with a pool table, cornhole, board games, darts, and ping pong — so the fun never stops when the sun goes down.

Best Home Features:

  • Resort access to pools (indoor and outdoor), spa, gym, fitness classes, and kids center
  • Game room with pool table, cornhole, board games, darts, and ping pong
  • Hot tub, fire pit, BBQ grill, and outdoor dining area with mountain views
  • Located near Smith Rock State Park and Central Oregon outdoor activities

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Our family had a great time. This home is fully prepped with everything you need. From kid toys, to a high chair and games, we felt like we have everything we needed for a perfect stay.” – Jason A.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Chardonnay Charm – Temecula, California

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 5 beds and 4 baths

Here at Chardonnay Charm, parents can tour wineries during the day while kids anticipate evening game tournaments back at the house. This wine country retreat proves luxury adult destinations can absolutely work for families, too. 

Why This House is Fun: The collection of table games, including pool, ping pong, foosball, and a poker table, creates an entertainment center where families actually interact. The game room features classic table games that bring multiple generations together. 

Best Home Features:

  • Swimming pool and spa, shaded al fresco dining, and BBQ area
  • Putting green, movie theater, and fire table available
  • Located in Temecula wine country, near Wilson Creek Winery and Ponte Winery

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had a great time, relaxed, had so much fun, celebrated 2 birthdays, all of us were so happy staying here. The house is really LUX! Large, gorgeous and full of all type of games: pool, table tennis, poker table and etc. The swiming pool and spa were amazing, we had really memorable time there. Highly Recommended!!!” – Suzanna S.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Lake View Retreat – Poconos, Pennsylvania

Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 2 baths

Kids experience nature-based fun that creates different memories than typical vacation rentals offer here at Lake View Retreat. This lakeside property has natural playground features that entertain through outdoor exploration. 

Why This House is Fun: Nature is integrated into the property, which lets kids climb, explore, and play using natural features and structures. The Towamensing Trails community also adds 190 acres of recreational activities beyond your rental’s boundaries. 

Best Home Features:

  • Big yard, outdoor deck, hot tub, cozy fireplace, arcade, pool table
  • Community pool, lake and community amenities access
  • Near Big Boulder, Split Rock, Hickory Run State Park, and Hawk Falls

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“My family and I had an amazing time at this beautiful house. we felt at home very peaceful, great neighborhood, very friendly people and the hosts were fabulous, fantastic and amazing very responsive we literally had everything we needed in that house it was a great getaway my kids and parents are still talking about the house they really loved it! and we will for sure return soon! A huge thanks to AvantStay for an amazing customer service. Great job!” – Sandi S.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Nadelhorn – Lake Arrowhead, California

Can accommodate up to 8 guests | 3 beds and 3 baths

Nadelhorn is a mountain cabin that brings retro gaming nostalgia to family vacations. Lake views and mountain setting also create that classic California mountain getaway, while modern entertainment keeps everyone engaged.

Why This House is Fun: The classic arcade machines transport kids and nostalgic parents back to gaming’s golden age. Children discover games without in-app purchases or online requirements, just pure button-mashing fun.

💡 Looking for more homes with indoor arcade gaming? Check out the best vacation rentals with game rooms and arcade machines.

Best Home Features:

  • Playroom full of toddler toys and games with a TV
  • Outdoor deck, fully stocked kitchen, BBQ grill, and comfortable beds
  • Gorgeous lake and San Bernardino mountain views from the balcony

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Great cabin in Arrowhead! Kitchen is fully stocked for pretty much anything you would want to cook. Game room was awesome and kids loved it! Beds were moderately comfortable, not the best mattress’s and big dips in both beds. Love the view from the patio. Gorgeous view of the lake and mountains.” – Amanda O.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Evergreen Lodge – Smoky Mountains, Tennessee

Can accommodate up to 12 guests | 6 beds and 6 baths

Tucked along a Smoky Mountain ridge with forest views in every direction, Evergreen Lodge is a 4,800-square-foot retreat built for families who want resort-grade entertainment without resort-style chaos. Three sprawling levels, six bedrooms with ensuite baths, and an entertainment lineup that keeps every age engaged from breakfast to bedtime.

Why This House is Fun: The home theater is the showstopper — plush theater seating for the adults paired with beanbags sized for the kids creates a movie-night setup that actually accommodates the whole family. When the credits roll, the private indoor pool, game room with pool table and shuffleboard, and multi-level decks with hanging swings keep the energy going. The home even comes stocked with a pack n’ play travel crib and a high chair for traveling families with little ones.

💡 Explore more options with our best vacation rentals with movie theaters.

Best Home Features:

  • Private indoor pool, hot tub, and dedicated home theater with theater seating + kid beanbags
  • Game room with pool table, shuffleboard, and TVs for the big game
  • Multi-level decks with hanging swings, rocking chairs, and BBQ grill for forest-view cookouts
  • Pack n’ play and high chair provided, plus 15 minutes from Pigeon Forge and Dollywood

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“The place was amazing! Filled with several activities for teenagers and kids! My family enjoyed every single bit of it. We were a total of 17 and we all had a place to sleep/ enough bathrooms and all. The pool was great for the kids! The hot tub was great for the adults! The kitchen was very well supplied. The fridge had an ice maker! The neighborhood was amazing with great views. Everything was wonderful! Thank you AvantStays!” – Yulissa M.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Joshua Tree Mansion – Joshua Tree, California

Can accommodate up to 12 Guests | 6 beds and 3 baths

A unique desert mansion that caters to creative families with musical interests. Joshua Tree Mansion has a rock ‘n’ roll luxury vibe that creates a special atmosphere without being stuffy. Multiple hangout areas mean kids and adults find their own spaces while staying connected.

Why This House is Fun: Real musical instruments, including a piano in the game room, let kids explore their creative side. They can try to compose songs, put on mini-concerts for the family, and discover music in a hands-free, authentic way. 

Best Home Features:

  • Private pool, outdoor kitchen, shaded pergolas, alfresco dining table, and fire pit
  • Attic library, chef’s kitchen with high-end appliances, luxe soaking tub
  • Near Joshua Tree Coffee Company and within driving distance to Joshua Tree National Park

For more unique properties, check out the best vacation rentals with unique amenities.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“I’ve stayed in Joshua Tree plenty of times, but this place really stood out. If you’re looking for something that feels like your own private resort in the desert, this is it. The moment we arrived, we just stopped to take it all in…the pool glistening in the sun, the outdoor kitchen perfectly set up for sunset dinners, and those endless desert views. Inside, the vibe is rock ‘n’ roll meets luxury: bold art, beautiful chandeliers, and thoughtful details that make it feel special without trying too hard. With six bedrooms and several hangout areas, everyone had space to relax and unwind. The hosts were friendly, responsive, and the home was spotless. One night we gathered around the piano in the game room, another by the fire pit under the stars. Everything about it feels both thoughtful and effortless. Already planning our next trip back!” – Cheryl A.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Sonoran Sunshine – Scottsdale, Arizona

Can accommodate up to 10 guests | 4 beds and 2.5 baths

Desert sunshine and a backyard built for play make Sonoran Sunshine an easy win for active families. This Central Scottsdale home caters especially to families with junior golfers or kids curious about picking up the sport.

Why This House is Fun: The putting green turns kids into mini golfers, practicing their short game morning to sunset — active entertainment that’s quieter than trampolines but just as engaging. When they’ve sunk their last putt, the arcade game room, pool table, and ping pong keep the tournament rolling indoors, while the private pool handles the hottest hours of the day.

Best Home Features:

  • Private pool, putting green, and shaded patio with BBQ for outdoor family dinners
  • Arcade game room, pool table, ping pong, and fitness equipment
  • Dedicated office with high-speed Wi-Fi for parents balancing work and play
  • Close to Old Town Scottsdale attractions, golf courses, and shopping

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We really enjoyed our stay. The home looked like the pictures and the amenities were great! It was peaceful, easy to find, and I felt that my family was safe there as well. When an issue came up with the pool vacuum, AvantStay responded promptly. I’d love to stay there again next time we’re headed to AZ.” – Erin

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Firefly Mountain Suites – Smoky Mountains, Tennessee

Can accommodate up to 18 guests | 6 individual suites with private spaces

Firefly Mountain Suites is a unique property that offers suite-style accommodations with communal spaces that bring families together. The shared amenities create opportunities for kids to make vacation friends while parents socialize. 

Why This House is Fun: The indoor pool means the weather never ruins plans for water fun. It can be used for year-round swimming regardless of Tennessee mountain weather. Kids can spend hours in heated water with a courtyard and a game room for more entertainment options.

Best Home Features:

  • Hot tub, lounge area with a pool table, arcade room
  • Back courtyard with outdoor fire pit, mini playhouse, playground, bocce ball 
  • Picnic tables and a communal dining room & kitchen for family meals

💡 Discover more properties with the best vacation rentals with indoor pools.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“The suite we stayed in was decorated very nicely, even tho we had 5 kids and 2 adults it still felt spacious and well laid out. Having the back courtyard with things for the kids to do plus the pool and game room made it so fun and relaxing to spend lots of time there! We have never stayed at a place with a communal dining room and kitchen so that was really cool and we wished we had thought ahead more to use them. Overall I’d highly recommend for any family with kids of all ages. The towns and hiking we wanted to go to were within reasonable distance too which is always a plus!” – Seth L.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Angels Camp Lodge – Big Bear, California

Can accommodate up to 8 Guests | 3 beds and 3 baths

Angels Camp Lodge is your Big Bear cabin for classic mountain vacation vibes with board game entertainment that brings families together. The property accommodates groups and even your furry friends comfortably while maintaining that cozy cabin atmosphere.

Why This House is Fun: The extensive board game collection in this home is amazing. It creates old-school family entertainment that builds actual memories. Kids discover games beyond their tablets while parents introduce classics from their own childhoods. 

Best Home Features:

  • Hot tub, outdoor deck with lounge area, fire pit, BBQ
  • Game room with pool table, card table, and shuffleboard, piano, and fireplace
  • A few minutes’ drive to Bear Mountain Ski Resort and Big Bear Lake

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had such a great stay at this cabin! The space was perfect for our group—three roomy bedrooms each with a king bed, which made it super comfortable. Our dogs loved having space to run around in a fully fenced outdoor area. The cabin came stocked with tons of amenities and games that kept us entertained all weekend. The pool table was definitely a highlight, and we loved the unique chess table too. Everything was very clean and well taken care of. The only thing to note is they were pretty firm with the check in time – which wasn’t a big issue for us – but maybe something to keep in mind. Overall, we really enjoyed our stay and would absolutely recommend this cabin!!” – Diane L.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Bella Vista – Scottsdale, Arizona

Can accommodate up to 9 Guests | 4 beds and 2 baths

The spotless property and amazing pool here at Bella Vista create that resort experience in a private setting. Perfect for families wanting simple water-focused fun without elaborate entertainment needs.

Why This House is Fun: The spectacular swimming pool with rock waterfalls becomes the entire entertainment center during hot Arizona days. Kids can spend morning to evening swimming, playing pool games, and enjoying that vacation feeling. 

Best Home Features:

  • Fully fenced backyard with outdoor lounging and cornhole games
  • Pool fence and gate, shaded back patio, side patio, al fresco dining tables, and fireplace
  • Close to downtown Chandler, just 5 minutes to Golfland Sunsplash Water Park 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We had the perfect staycation! The place was spotless, and the pool was incredible — we spent the whole weekend swimming and relaxing with my husband and kids. It was just what we needed to unwind and enjoy some family time without going far from home. Highly recommend!” – Rhianna F.

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Shoreline – San Diego, California

Can accommodate up to 16 Guests | 6 beds and 6 baths

Perched near the coast, Shoreline turns downtime into playtime with a layout built for family fun. Days revolve around the private pool and hot tub, where kids can splash for hours while adults relax nearby, and evenings shift indoors for movies, games, and group hangouts across multiple living spaces. With beaches just minutes away and plenty to do back at the house, Shoreline keeps the energy high without parents having to plan every moment.

Why This House is Fun: The pool becomes the center of everything — morning swims turn into afternoon games and sunset hot tub sessions without anyone getting bored. When it’s time to dry off, multiple indoor hang spaces make movie nights, board games, and friendly competitions easy, so kids stay entertained whether they’re outside burning energy or winding down inside.

Best Home Features:

  • Private pool and hot tub for all-day water fun
  • Multiple indoor living areas for games and movie nights
  • Outdoor lounge and dining spaces for family hangouts
  • Close proximity to beaches and coastal activities
  • Spacious layout designed for group stays

This property is awaiting its first guest reviews. Be the first to create memories here and share your experience with future families!

Book via Airbnb | 👉 Book with AvantStay

Why Kid-Friendly Amenities Matter for Family Vacations

Vacation planning with children requires different priorities than adult-only trips. The house itself needs to provide entertainment because relying solely on local attractions gets expensive and exhausting quickly. 

Smart families choose properties where kids stay engaged without parents constantly planning the next activity. However, here are some more reasons why you should consider kid-friendly amenities on your next family trip:

1. Kids Get Bored Faster Than Adults: Children need stimulation and variety throughout vacation days. Downtime at the rental should feel fun instead of boring, preventing the “there’s nothing to do” complaints that ruin everyone’s mood. Properties with built-in entertainment create buffer time between outings, where kids recharge while still having fun.

2. Save Money on Outside Entertainment: Theme parks, attractions, and constant dining out drain vacation budgets quickly. Rentals with pools, game rooms, and activities mean some days stay home-based without feeling like you’re missing out. Kids get excited about house amenities, making “pool days” feel special instead of disappointing.

3. Everyone Actually Relaxes: When kids entertain themselves safely on-property, parents finally relax instead of constantly supervising or planning. You can read a book by the pool while children play, sip coffee while they bounce, or enjoy adult conversation knowing they’re engaged and secure. This balance creates actual vacation feelings for everyone.

Choosing the Right Fun House for Your Family

Beyond amenities, several factors determine whether a property works for your specific family’s needs. Age ranges, interests, and group size all influence which features matter most. Consider these elements below when browsing options.

  • Match Amenities to Ages

Toddlers need different entertainment than teenagers. Bounce houses and playgrounds work for younger kids, while teens want game rooms and sports courts. Properties with varied amenities accommodate mixed age groups better than those focusing on single age ranges. Check out the best vacation rentals for toddlers for age-specific guidance.

  • Consider Group Size Honestly

Don’t cram too many people into spaces advertised for maximum occupancy. Kids need room to spread out and play without tripping over luggage and adults constantly. Generous space allowances mean everyone stays happier throughout the trip, reducing conflicts that ruin family time.

  • Location Matters for Activities

Proximity to attractions balances house-based fun with exploration. Being close enough to theme parks for day trips while far enough for quiet evenings creates the best scenario. Research what’s nearby and how much time you’ll spend at the property versus out exploring.

Start Planning Your Kid-Approved Getaway

Vacation memories come from those unexpected moments: kids’ laughter echoing through game rooms, cannonballs into pools, and discovering secret hideaways around properties. These specially-designed homes create those moments naturally without parents forcing fun.

Stop settling for boring hotels where kids bounce off the walls from boredom. Choose a fun Airbnb for kids where entertainment lives in every room and outdoor space, making your accommodation part of the adventure instead of just somewhere to sleep.

Ready to book the vacation your kids will talk about all year? Browse more fun AvantStay homes and watch your family’s faces light up when they discover their temporary home is actually the coolest place they’ve ever stayed.

15 Most Peaceful Asheville Airbnbs to Unplug and Unwind

Need a digital detox? Asheville’s mountain cabins and tree-lined escapes offer the kind of tranquility that melts stress away—no meditation app required. For travelers looking to trade traffic noise for birdsong or Zoom calls for stargazing, these Asheville Airbnbs are made for that kind of reset.

And don’t worry if you’re craving some action after all that unwinding, you’re never far from Asheville’s charming downtown scene, packed with cozy cafés, art galleries, award-winning breweries, and live music. Nature and culture in one beautiful package.

Related: 

Hamersmith Hollow Retreat Estate

Sleeps 12 guests

If you’re dreaming of mountain mornings, crisp air, and a space that feels like a warm hug, Hamersmith Hollow Retreat Estate is your happy place. This cozy and lakefront condo is just the right size for unplugging from the chaos and breathing in that fresh Mars Hill air.

Step out onto your private balcony, feel the breeze, and watch the treetops sway. There’s a grill out there, too—because dinner always tastes better outdoors. Inside, things stay snug and sweet with a fireplace that makes the whole room glow, a comfy living area, and a kitchen perfect for making pancakes or popcorn.

After a long day of exploring the mountains or doing absolutely nothing (which is totally valid), curl up in the king and queen bedroom, flip on the TV, or soak in the tub. It’s a simple, quiet, peaceful place to recharge—exactly what you’re looking for when you say you want to “get away.”

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Balcony with mountain views and a grill for easy outdoor meals
  • Fireplace by the living area for cozy nights in
  • Large private pond and a quaint deck
  • Fully equipped kitchen with a breakfast nook
  • Additional guest cottage with full kitchen and living area

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“We loved everything about our stay here! This was the perfect family gathering place. Completely tranquil, clean, and it had everything we needed, including kitchen supplies. Check in and check out we’re very easy. It is close enough to restaurants and grocery stores to be convenient while also providing a beautiful drive along the way. There were a few deer in the early evenings and bunnies throughout the day. We will treasure our time here.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Silver Spoon

Sleeps 8 guests

If your idea of the perfect day includes misty mountain views, coffee on the deck, and soaking in a hot tub as the stars come out, then head over to Silver Spoon. This is a hillside cabin that has a front-row seat to Asheville’s natural beauty—quiet, scenic, and perfectly set up for groups and families who want to slow down and settle in.

Wake up to rolling valley views and grill lunch on the upper balcony while you enjoy some well-earned downtime by the fireplace. Between the games downstairs and cozy chats over snacks in the sunny kitchen, this home gives you space to unwind. 

Without needing to go anywhere, and located just far enough from the buzz of downtown but close enough for easy day trips, Silver Spoon is your escape to simple comforts and mountain magic.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Huge deck with panoramic views and a private hot tub
  • Fireplace, vaulted ceilings, and a light-filled living room
  • Lounge area with a pool table and bar seating
  • Loft area with beanbags and dedicated workspace desk
  • Close to Asheville but surrounded by peaceful scenery

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“This house was so perfect! Attention to detail in architecture and interior design. There was not one thing we needed that was not supplied by the house. The pool table room was so much fun for our family and we hot tubed on the deck with the amazing Mountain View’s every evening! There is so much space in this house so you can easily find solace if needed. Short drives to all the cool stuff around and still come home to peace and quiet. Not one negative thing about this experience!”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Riverside Trade Retreat

Sleeps 8 guests

Want a stylish space to slow down, spread out, and sip your morning coffee in peace? Riverside Trade Retreat checks all the boxes. This boutique-style home wraps you in industrial and modern vibes, perfect for cozying up or spending the afternoon doing absolutely nothing.

It’s all curated decor, exposed brick, hardwood floors, and that just-right lighting for your next photo dump inside. A velvet sofa sets the mood for chill movie nights, and the fully equipped kitchen makes it easy to whip up snacks, brunch, or comfort food favorites. 

Head out to the private terrace for a grilled dinner under the stars and have a breath of fresh air too! You’ve got extra seating on the porch—perfect for sunrise sips or golden hour unwinds.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Attention-grabbing industrial aesthetic and interior
  • Private terrace with a grill, dining table, and outdoor lounge space
  • Board games and cards are available
  • 7 minutes to downtown Asheville and the River Arts District
  • Pet-friendly and easy onsite parking

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“We enjoyed our stay while in Asheville. The place was beautiful and comfy – especially the beds. We cooked a lot so having a large kitchen was really nice. Note: no dishwasher. There is a nice porch but, keep in mind, it is located right next to a busy road so pretty loud during the day but quiet at night. And not walkable, so you’ll need a car to get around. Otherwise, the AvantStay people were very responsive and helpful. Definitely recommend the apartment! ~Wendy”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Leyland

Sleeps 20 guests

Sometimes, all you need is a quiet place in the woods, a good book, your favorite people, and breathtaking Blue Ridge views. Among the trees and just outside central Asheville, Leyland is the perfect place to unplug, slow down, and breathe in that fresh mountain air. 

Whether you’re hiking or cozying up with your crew inside, this home is all about that sweet balance of nature and comfort. The living room is great for movie nights, the kitchen has everything you need to fuel your adventures, and the 5 comfy bedrooms give everyone space to wind down. 

And with Asheville just under ten minutes away, you’re close to all the buzz… but far enough to forget about it. Adventure when you want it, quiet when you need it.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • 5-bedroom mansion layout perfect for large groups and families
  • Multiple deck balconies with expansive Blue Ridge Mountain views
  • Private hot tub & fire pit for outdoor relaxation
  • Large recreation room with a foosball table
  • Easy access to Biltmore Estate, River Arts District & outdoor adventures

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“This was a fantastic place to stay! It was spacious and comfortable, the kitchen was very well stocked, the views were amazing. It’s not far from downtown Asheville, so very easy to get to town and call Ubers if needed. There were 14 of us here for a long weekend, and it was absolutely perfect!”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Creekside Mountain

Sleeps 8 guests

Need a reset? Creekside Mountain is the kind of peace you can feel. This home is all about slow mornings, quiet walks by the creek, and deep breaths you didn’t know you needed. And yeah, the sound of water bubbling nearby? That’s nature’s playlist, on loop.

Wake up, step onto the deck, and let the cool mountain air hit your face just right. Then wander down to the creek, kick off your shoes, and dip your toes in. Whether you’re here for forested hikes, fireside reads, or just to hear actual birds instead of phone notifications, Creekside is your unplug-and-unwind headquarters.

Back inside, it’s all warm hardwood floors, charming antiques, and natural light flooding through skylights. And when you’re ready to peek back into the real world, Asheville and Black Mountain are just 15 minutes away.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Set on 3 private acres for full serenity
  • Private sauna to unwind after long hikes
  • A 5-minute walk to the Blue Ridge Parkway Trail
  • Wooded, secluded feel—yet only 15 mins to Asheville & Black Mountain
  • Warm, welcoming vibe with charming décor

✨Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“I had a amazing trip and it was definitely the help of this awesome home. Super comfy and plenty of room. Very close to a lot of attractions as well. Would definitely recommend 100%”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Mountain Gem

Sleeps 8 guests

Peace and quiet had a perfect address, and it’s Mountain Gem. Perched in the Cataloochee Hills, this log cabin is where you exhale the second you arrive. Wraparound decks, starry-night hot tub dips, and a vista that’ll make your morning coffee feel like a spa treatment.

Outside, the mountains stretch out like a painting while you grill dinner or gather around the fire pit for s’mores and stories. The soaring ceilings, a cozy fireplace, and cathedral-style windows make the open living room feel just right. Whether you’re prepping a pancake breakfast in the kitchen or calling foosball shots from the loft, it’s mountain living without the fuss.

Mountain Gem gives you space to breathe—but keeps you close enough to explore when you’re ready. It’s the sweet spot between remote and reachable.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • 20-mile Smoky Mountain views from the wraparound deck
  • Hot tub by the deck and fire pit with Adirondack chairs
  • Cozy interior, gas fireplace, and open loft for family hangouts
  • BBQ grill is available for guest use
  • 35 miles to Asheville for easy day trips, art strolls, and eats

✨Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“This place was super nice and a great location! Great for a relaxed weekend or being out and about.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Honeycomb Hideaway

Sleeps 4 guests

Come easy at Honeycomb Hideaway. This treetop A-frame is all about chill vibes and fresh air, found between Asheville’s creative charm and the wild beauty of the Blue Ridge Mountains. Whether you’re road tripping in spring or catching golden leaves in fall, this cabin makes it easy to slow down, breathe deep, and just be.

Start your morning sipping coffee on the deck with a mountain view and end your night stargazing around the fire pit. Huge windows fill the space inside with soft light, and a spiral staircase leads you up to a loft that’s perfect for reading, journaling, or just getting cozy. 

After a hike or brewery run, melt into the soaking tub or crash early in one of two queen bedrooms. From the quiet trails of Chimney Rock to Asheville’s famous food and arts scene, you’re close to everything, yet it still feels like your own secret escape in the trees.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • A-frame cabin with serene mountain views
  • Spacious deck with a fire pit courtyard for outdoor hangs
  • Two cozy queen bedrooms and a modern soaking tub
  • Close to Chimney Rock, Lake Lure & Asheville’s breweries
  • The perfect balance of unplugged & close to town

✨Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“My ten year old son and I stayed in this beautiful cabin to celebrate my birthday and we LOVED it! It was so cozy yet unique. I was nervous to go back down the mountain the first night staying(I drive a Subaru Impreza) since it had rained recently so the gravel path up the mountain was a little rough, but I was able to DoorDash. The driver just didn’t want to come up the driveway(the steepest part) luckily one of the avantstay hosts had come to change out the carbon monoxide detector and assisted me getting the food. This was by far the best experience through any rental service I’ve ever used. I plan on staying here again and I would highly recommend staying here to anyone/everyone.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Magnolia Sycamore

Sleeps 8 guests

Just a few minutes from the famous Biltmore Estate, Magnolia Sycamore is your cup of calm nature. This sleek townhome is perfect for anyone craving easy access to adventure and a quiet place to rest afterward. 

Whether you’re here for sunny spring strolls or cozy fall nights by the fire pit, this home is ready to welcome you all year round. You’ll find warm wood accents, streaming sunlight, and everything you need to kick back. The living room and rec room are perfect for slow mornings, movie nights, or just hanging out. 

Light up the fire pit or toss some burgers on the grill after a day of hiking. Step onto your private deck and hear the gentle sounds of a nearby stream. There’s just something about the air here that makes everything feel a little easier.

And if you’re planning a bigger gathering, good news—this home is part of our Sycamore Collection. Bring the whole crew and stay close by with our nearby homes: 

Cypress Sycamore, Sweetgum Sycamore, Red Bud Sycamore, White Pine Sycamore, Dogwood Sycamore, and Willow Sycamore.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Just 6 minutes to downtown Asheville and close to Blue Ridge Parkway trails
  • Private deck with a stream view, gas grill, and fire pit
  • Enough bedrooms for everyone to get a good night’s sleep.
  • Streaming TVs, fast WiFi, and a fully equipped kitchen
  • Near other Sycamore homes for group bookings

✨Hear From Our Recent Guests:

“Great apartment. great location. There was a trick to the door lock, needed to pull the door to you to open. AvantStay was very responsive and explained, but would have liked this info up front. Honestly not sure if I was told up front, but garage was not available for use, had a kinda den area set up. Made parking right, limited. Overall pleased and enjoyed.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Artist’s Palette

Sleeps 2 guests

Wanting a little quiet? Artist’s Palette is here for your escape. Tucked in the trees just outside Asheville, this 1-bedroom cabin is peaceful, playful, and packed with an artist’s charm. Cozy by the fire pit, soak in the hot tub, and sip your morning coffee on a balcony. 

Inside, it’s light, colorful, and full of good vibes. You’ll find a bright living room for movie marathons, a kitchen with bar seating for breakfast chats, and even a little desk nook for checking in (but only if you must!). 

With just the right balance of comfort and nature, this is where you come to catch your breath. Perfect for a solo reset, a romantic weekend, or a remote work getaway where the WiFi’s strong but the distractions are far, far away.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Surrounded by forest views, just 30 minutes from Asheville
  • Private outdoor hot tub and fire pit for a magical evening
  • Covered deck with grill, outdoor fireplace, & comfy seating
  • Queen bedroom, fully stocked kitchen & remote-work desk
  • Quiet, creative space for total relaxation

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“We had a lovely and relaxing stay. The design and layout is very thoughtful. Taking full advantage of the views and seclusion. The amenities this home has is second to none. The fireplaces, grill, huge deck, pristine hot tub and kitchen had everything you could possible need or want. The value is truly amazing. Only disappointment is not being there in the fall to see the leaves change color. We missed it by a couple weeks! We will definitely be back. Highly recommend !”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Asher

Sleeps 12

Tucked along the aptly named Elk Mountain Scenic Highway in the hills above Weaverville, Asher is a modern mountain sanctuary wrapped entirely in trees — which means come October, you’re not driving to the foliage, you’re living inside it. Floor-after-floor of balconies frame unobstructed Blue Ridge views that burn crimson and gold, two living rooms give everyone a fireside-style perch, and the steep, winding approach up the gravel drive delivers that end-of-the-road seclusion that makes the rest of the world disappear.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Hot tub under the trees — the perfect crisp-evening soak as the ridgelines glow at dusk
  • Multiple balconies and floor-to-ceiling sightlines with unobstructed Blue Ridge panoramas
  • Two living rooms, a chic modern kitchen, and a ping pong table for cozy-night tournaments
  • Why It’s Perfect for Fall:

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“The Asher house sits right on top of the mountain with beautiful views right from the pool. It is a very curvy road up to the property but only 20 minutes to downtown. There’s plenty of windows for natural light but this also keeps the home very warm with the summer heat. We used every opportunity to cool off in the pool. The kitchen was well stocked with all of the necessities and the dining area was perfect for our large group to enjoy dinner together. We would definitely book this property again.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Little Pisgah Sunrise

Sleeps 6 guests

Some mornings are just too good to sleep through—and this mountaintop retreat proves it. At Little Pisgah Sunrise, you’ll wake up to quiet skies, misty mountain views, and that soft golden light only the Blue Ridge can deliver.

This cozy hideaway is perfect for those looking to slow things down and soak in the peace of nature. The open living space invites easy conversation and unhurried moments—whether you’re making pancakes, playing cards around the dining table, or curling up on the couch for movie night.

Step out onto the covered balcony with your glass of wine and take in the panoramic views that stretch all the way. You’ll feel like you’re worlds away, but Asheville’s restaurants, shops, and trails are just a short drive down the mountain.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Big backyard with a picnic table
  • Peaceful mountaintop location with sweeping views
  • Covered balcony made for coffee sipping and sunset toasts
  • Open-concept living area with full kitchen and cozy vibes
  • Easy 15-minute drive to Asheville, Biltmore Village & trailheads

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Twin Creeks Lodge

Sleeps 12 guests

Tucked away on 33 serene acres near Brevard, Twin Creeks Lodge is the kind of retreat where two gentle creeks, sweeping meadows, and quiet mountain air do most of the talking. Start your morning on the wraparound porch, spend the afternoon exploring nearby waterfalls, then settle beneath the stars for a well-earned soak in the hot tub.

Inside, this spacious cabin-style home makes it easy to slow down and reconnect. Cozy up beside the wood-burning fireplace, challenge your crew to a game of pool, or gather in the fully equipped kitchen for a laid-back dinner. Four bedrooms and three bathrooms provide plenty of space for up to 12 guests.

Step outside to enjoy the screened-in porch, expansive lawn, and firepit surrounded by nature. Whether you’re sharing s’mores, listening to the creeks, or stargazing over the meadow, Twin Creeks Lodge delivers the peaceful Blue Ridge reset you came for.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • 33 private acres with two gentle creeks and a sweeping meadow
  • Private hot tub, pool table, firepit, and wood-burning fireplace
  • Wraparound covered patio and screened-in porch
  • Four bedrooms and three bathrooms for up to 12 guests
  • Easy access to Gorges State Park and downtown Brevard

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“Everything was above my expectations for this property. The house was exceptionally clean and there were plenty of activities in the house to keep us busy.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Modern Escape

Sleeps 12 guests

default

Tucked into a quiet cul-de-sac ten minutes from downtown, Modern Escape is what happens when a home is actually designed for switching off. Floor-to-ceiling windows pull the Blue Ridge into every room, acoustic treatments on the walls keep the quiet genuinely quiet, and blackout shades in every bedroom mean nobody’s up before they want to be.

Outside is where the days end up. A seven-person hot tub, a fire pit with mountain views for marshmallow duty, cornhole, and egg chairs to swing in while somebody else mans the grill. There’s even a climbing wall with a tunnel slide, which the kids will claim and the adults will absolutely try once.

Back inside, the open kitchen runs on granite counters, a breakfast bar, and enough cookware to actually cook — plus a bar cart and cocktail setup for the evening shift. Three bedrooms sleep twelve, including a bunk room for four, and the primary ensuite’s deep soaking tub is the last stop before bed.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • 7-person hot tub, fire pit with mountain views, cornhole, and a climbing wall with tunnel slide
  • Floor-to-ceiling windows, mountain-scape mural, and acoustic-treated walls for real quiet
  • Thoughtful family touches — crib, baby gate, kid-sized highchairs, and a full kids’ dining set
  • Avocado organic beds, blackout shades, and a primary ensuite with deep soaking tub
  • Pet-friendly, EV charging on site, 24-hour check-in, 10 minutes to downtown Asheville

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“This was the perfect spot for our girls trip! It was so close to everything in Asheville and the host was proactive in communicating and provided local recommendations in the home.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Among the Clouds

Sleeps 6 guests

Perched high in the hills with dreamy views of the mountain, Among the Clouds lives up to its name. As you sip your hot drink on the porch or sink the day into the hot tub, you’ll feel like you’re floating above it all. 

It’s the kind of place where the fog rolls in like a movie scene—and all your worries roll out too. The cozy living room is made for chilly nights and movie marathons by the fireplace. The fully stocked kitchen and big dining table make group dinners super easy. When it’s time to crash, three bedrooms offer soft beds and plenty of space to rest up for the next day’s adventures.

And let’s talk about the outdoor space—rocking chairs paired with mountain views, a fire pit for s’mores and stories, and even wooded trails to explore. It’s pure mountain magic, with a side of peace and quiet.

✨ Why You’ll Love This House:

  • Stunning views of Mt. Pisgah and the Blue Ridge Parkway
  • Hot tub and rocking chairs on the porch for ultimate relaxation
  • Cozy fireplace, fully equipped kitchen, and comfy bedrooms
  • Fire pit, picnic table, and forest trails just outside your door
  • Great for year-round visits, from leaf-peeping to snowy stargazing

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“We loved our stay! Remote enough to enjoy the peace and quiet but not too far from the city. The cabin looks exactly like the photos. Perfect space for 4 adults and my dog! The fire pit and hot tub were our favorite after a day of hiking. The space was so cozy we actually did less of the things we planned because we just really enjoyed staying in to relax. WiFi is spotty and you have no cell service which was not an issue for us but something to consider if you’re traveling and that’s a big deal for you. I would absolutely recommend this stay and hope to come back again in the future.”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Idyllic Mountain

Sleeps 7 guests

Say hello to Idyllic Mountain, your peaceful hideaway in a quiet mountain cove. This charming farmhouse has it all: views for days, a cozy interior, and outdoor spots that feel like they were made for unplugging.

Wake up to horses grazing nearby and mountain views out every window. Grab your coffee and head to one of two big covered decks for a slow morning with the sunrise. Vaulted ceilings and huge windows let in tons of sunlight in the house. In the evening, cozy up by the fire pit with a warm drink and some good conversation.

A kind of place where you can gather as a group or sneak away for some solo quiet time,  whether you’re hiking, biking, or just kicking back in the rocking chairs, Idyllic Mountain is all about relaxing at your own pace.

✨ Why You’ll Love It:

  • Secluded yet just 15 minutes from Asheville
  • Mountain and horse farm views from almost every window
  • Covered decks and a fire pit for the perfect chill zone
  • Bright, open floor plan with vaulted ceilings and a fireplace
  • Great for families or small groups looking to unwind in nature

✨Hear From Our Recent Guest:

“This is the perfect combination of getting to enjoy the tranquility of Asheville’s natural beauty, views of the mountains and a peaceful retreat, while being minutes away from conveniences of stores and access to everything downtown. Outside is plenty of space, an abundance of wildlife to enjoy, decks to relax on, a fire pit to cozy up to and gorgeous views. Inside is a beautiful, wonderfully-appointed, easy, welcoming floor plan for a family or friends to enjoy. Comfy reading nooks, ample natural light, a great, working kitchen and comfortable bedrooms with luxurious linens made us feel right at home. We wished we could stay longer and will be back next time we visit!”

👉 Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Why Asheville Is the Perfect Place to Unwind

When it comes to true relaxation, Asheville delivers on every level. Tucked into the heart of the Blue Ridge Mountains, this peaceful paradise invites you to slow down, breathe deep, and soak in the quiet magic of the outdoors. 

Whether you’re sipping a hot cocoa on a misty porch, strolling through a local farmers market, or hiking along the Blue Ridge Parkway, the pace here is calm, the people are kind, and the views? Always breathtaking.

Here are 5 reasons why Asheville is the ultimate unplug-and-unwind destination:

  • Experience Blue Ridge Magic: Wake up to misty mountain views, golden hour hikes, and trails that lead straight to waterfall wonderlands. It’s nature therapy at its finest.
  • Have Peaceful, Secluded Stays: From A-frames in the woods to cabins with panoramic decks, Asheville Airbnbs are built for privacy, serenity, and quiet mornings with coffee and birdsong.
  • Try the Creative Soul & Local Flavor: Art studios, farmer’s markets, indie bookstores, and some of the best bakeries you’ll ever find—downtown Asheville is calm, cool, and full of character.
  • A Complete Wellness Central: This is spa country. From hot tub soaks to forest bathing, yoga on the deck to mineral springs day trips, relaxation is practically a sport here.
  • The All-Season Beauty: Come for cozy winter cabin vibes, dreamy spring blooms, sunny summer trails, or fall foliage so good it looks photoshopped. Asheville is stunning year-round!

✨ Pro tip: Pair your stay with one of our favorite hikes, or check out our guide to things to do in Asheville and the best time to visit Asheville for a sprinkle of perfect adventure between naps.

Find Your Peace with AvantStay

You don’t need a flight across the globe to find calm—you just need the right porch, a cozy blanket, and a cabin in Asheville. From spring blooms to snowy mornings, this mountain town is your go-to for all-season peace.

Our homes are chosen for comfort, designed for connection, and managed with care—so you can focus on doing nothing, beautifully, while you disconnect from the buzz of the world. 

👉 Browse all of our Asheville homes today!

15 Best Vacation Rentals with Pickleball Courts

Considering yourself a heavy dink-er? 2025 proved that you either like pickleball or you’re wrong. With the addition of pickleball courts in our homes, we figured it was time we gave these courts their shining moment… since we already gave our vacation rentals with tennis courts theirs. 

Pickleball has taken the world by storm, and for good reason; it’s fun, social, and perfect for players of all ages and skill levels. If you’re a fan of this fast-growing sport or simply looking for a unique vacation experience, you’re in luck! 

We’ve rounded up 15 incredible vacation rentals that feature private or shared pickleball courts, along with luxurious amenities to make your stay unforgettable.

Best Vacation Homes with a Pickleball Court

Whether you’re planning to “dink” the days away or simply relax in a beautiful setting, these vacation rentals offer the perfect blend of activity and leisure. 

Find inspiration for your next group getaway, family vacation, or even a corporate retreat.

1. The Reserve at Polo Villas – La Quinta, CA

The Reserve is our newest addition to the Polo Villas neighborhood in Coachella Valley. The Reserve #15 and The Reserve #18 have their very own pickleball court, pool, and fire pit, which we think makes this already conveniently located home that much better for festival season. If you’d rather have a bocce ball instead of a pickleball court, you might be on the wrong blog, but also The Reserve homes #12 and #16 have those.

★ Best House Features:

  • Pickleball courts, putting greens, bocce ball courts, and outdoor kitchens across 7 villas with pools and spas
  • Each villa features 4,000 sq ft with open-concept living, fireplaces, BBQ grills, and grass lawns for events
  • One mile from Empire Polo Fields, near La Quinta golf courses, desert hiking trails, and Palm Springs attractions

👀 Looking for other places to stay during the festival season? Here’s our list of the best Airbnbs for Coachella Valley Festivals.

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

Perfect house for our annual girl’s retreat!  Every bedroom has it’s own ensuite.  Space to gather, connect and relax.  And of course the pickleball court added to the fun!– Holly G.

👉🏻 Book The Reserve at Polo Villas

2. Buena Vista – Thermal, CA

If your group has a designated dinker, we think they’ll be pleased with this property. Buena Vista is a Coachella Valley estate with a tennis court that doubles as a pickleball court, a 60-foot pool, a freshwater lake with a paddle boat, paddle boards, and kayaks, billiards, shuffleboard, a fire pit, an actual saloon, a soccer field, and so much more.

★ Best House Features:

  • 40+ acres of lush desert ground perfect for events and outdoor dining
  • Private pool, hot tub, and an expansive freshwater lake with paddle boat, paddle boards, and kayaks
  • Private soccer field, bocce ball, tennis, volleyball, and pickleball courts
  • Rodeo-style saloon-style wet bar, bonfire-style fire pit
  • Only 10 minutes from the polo fields and near Coachella Valley attractions

👀 Hungry for a bite after a whole day’s adventure? Try out these 18 best restaurants in Coachella Valley!

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

Everything about this place made it the best weekend ever. The property manager made the initial process of getting into the place as seamless as possible, allowing me to order ahead groceries to be delivered before we got there. The place is as described – absolute massive grounds with plenty of activities to keep us busy the entire time, without ever feeling the need to leave. Would 1000% come back.-Kevin S.

👉🏻 Book Buena Vista

3. Mesquite38 – Thermal, CA

Game, set, match at Mesquite38. This 3.9-acre estate in Coachella Valley has our favorite pickleball court. Partially because it doubles as a tennis court and because of its cerulean blue color surrounded by contrastingly pink flora (can you say “gorg?”)…but also because of the unparalleled amenities this property provides. 

★ Best House Features:

  • Large yard, private pool with Baja shelf, hot tub, and sunken built-in fireplace
  • 2 bocce ball & pickleball courts and a tennis court, a billiard and poker table
  • Multiple living areas, al fresco dining, gourmet & outdoor kitchen, gym with Peloton
  • Minutes from Palm Desert attractions, El Paseo shopping, and desert golf courses

👀 If you have an upcoming big event, this house is definitely the best call. Not convinced enough? Hear us out on our 4 reasons to host your event with AvantStay.

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

WOW! Incredible estate. Very family friendly. Pool, hot tub, tennis, pickleball, volleyball, golf, soccer, biking, weight lifting… All on the property. Management was very responsive to any questions. Easy five stars!

👉🏻 Book Mesquite38

4. Bravo Villas — La Quinta, CA

Serve, dink, repeat — then jump in your private pool. Bravo by AvantStay is a collection of 16 ultra-luxury villas in an exclusive gated enclave beside La Quinta, and nearly every villa comes with its own private pickleball court. Set directly across from the world-renowned Madison Club and Hideaway Golf Club, these architecturally striking homes were built for groups who refuse to compromise: 16-foot ceilings, walls of glass, en-suite bedrooms, imported Spanish tile, and resort-style backyards designed for competition and celebration in equal measure.

Best House Features:

  • Private pickleball courts across the villa collection, plus pools, hot tubs, and fire pits
  • 4 to 9 en-suite bedrooms per villa, sleeping groups from 14 to 26+
  • 16-foot ceilings, disappearing Fleetwood glass doors, and designer finishes throughout
  • Minutes from Coachella and Stagecoach festival grounds, Madison Club golf, and El Paseo shopping
  • Full buyout available for weddings, retreats, and large-scale celebrations

👀 Looking for more Coachella Valley things to do? Check out our list of the 25 best things to do in Coachella Valley.

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

“Our family of 30 and I enjoyed the experience… the youth enjoyed playing pickle ball and the other games on the grounds and inside.” -Jeanette

👉🏻 Book Bravo Villas

5. The Riesling Retreat – Temecula, CA

The Riesling Retreat: Where day dinking meets day drinking. This Temecula getaway was aptly named a retreat with its plethora of activities. Spend days playing pickleball, volleyball, basketball, or even putt-putt. Hang inside in the game room with a pool table, ping pong table, and foosball. Head back outside for the pool, fire pit, and alfresco dining. 

★ Best House Features:

  • Resort-style pool, hot tub, and a putt-putt golf
  • Game room, outdoor kitchen, fire pit, and spacious lawn
  • Near Temecula wineries, Old Town Temecula, and Wilson Creek Winery

👀 If you’re still looking for more to do, check out our favorite things to do in Temecula.

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

Absolutely wonderful property inside and out! Great for families or anyone looking to enjoy their own private resort vacation. We carefully selected a property that could have our out of town relatives enjoying Temecula Wine country and multiple rec areas such as pool BBQ, firepit, pickle ball, basketball, volleyball,  quality gameroom setup. All throughout the property there were plenty of sitting spaces tastefully put together. The inside of the home had EVERYTHING you could need to enjoy a carefree stay. It was very clean, beds so comfy, well stocked, decorated tastefully, and felt larger than we imagined. The kitchen was stocked with almost everything you would use to prep meals & host. Can’t say enough about this place. Multiple shopping centers were only about 15 mins away. We also used Doordash for a delivery & had no issues with locating the home.Our host was excellent throughout our stay which makes this property worth every penny. Thank you!-Armando R.

👉🏻 Book The Riesling Retreat

6. Twin Creeks Ranch – Aspen, CO

Dink in the Rockies. Twin Creeks Ranch is a $40-million, 25-acre alpine estate where pickleball matches happen with snow-capped peaks as your backdrop, then everyone retreats to the hot tub while elk wander through the property. With a private lake, basketball court, hiking trails, and ample game-room time on offer, this Snowmass Creek hideaway is the ultimate active-group escape — minus the desert, plus the Rockies.

★ Best House Features:

  • Private pickleball and basketball courts, plus a private lake and hiking trails
  • Hot tub, outdoor pavilion with fire feature, game rooms, board games, and darts
  • 8,200-square-foot main house + guest house with 8 ensuite bedrooms across 25 acres
  • Winter sports right on the property — snowshoeing, cross-country skiing, and tubing
  • 20 minutes from downtown Aspen and world-class ski resorts

👉🏻 Book Twin Creeks Ranch

7. Fairway Oasis – Scottsdale, AZ

This Scottsdale vacation home? A certified dink dynasty. Fairway Oasis is Scottsdale’s ultimate private playground, where the sports court serves up both pickleball and basketball, the putting green and golf practice cage handle your short game, and the resort-style pool and hot tub handle everything else. Inside, the speakeasy game room — poker table, shuffleboard, arcade games, and a full sports-bar setup — keeps the tournament running long after sunset. There are even two massage chairs for the morning-after recovery session.

★ Best House Features:

  • Sports court with pickleball and basketball, putting green, and a golf practice cage
  • Resort-style pool, hot tub, fire pit, bocce, cornhole, and life-sized cup pong
  • Speakeasy game room with poker, shuffleboard, arcade games, and a sports bar — sleeps 17 across 5 bedrooms
  • Minutes from Kierland Commons, TPC Scottsdale, and North Scottsdale’s best golf

👀 Looking for things to do during your week-to-month-long stay? Read out our updated list of 49 things to do in Scottsdale.

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

We had a great time staying here for a golf trip. There were plenty of things to do when we were at the house and our group slept comfortably here. The hosts were very responsive. Highly recommend.-Zachary

👉🏻 Book Fairway Oasis

8. Harmony House – Yucca Valley, CA

Ballin’ on the pickleball court! This Joshua Tree property embodies a southeastern California sunset with a private pool, al fresco dining setup, and fire pit. When you’re all tuckered out, soak in the pool loungers, perfect for those summer reads. At night, gather around the sunken fire pit and cheer to the good life that is Harmony House.

★ Best House Features:

  • Desert oasis with pool, hot tub, and outdoor shower
  • Fenced yard with an outdoor fire pit, pickleball court, and hammock
  • Minutes from Joshua Tree National Park entrance, hiking trails, and stargazing spots

👀 Staying in the high desert of California, you will probably want to cool off from the heat. Check out our Joshua Tree Airbnbs with private pools for options!

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

Believe it or not, this place totally undersells itself on photos and description.  We were a party of 10 with dog and there was HEAPS of space.  The living/dining/kitchen fit all of us easily with loads of seating with the record player on in the background while we played one of there many board games or cards- picture perfect.  Outside was Heaven!  We only came in between 4-6 when the sun was at a particular angle in our eyes.  Other than that, we lived out there.  It gets hot in the day so we took a group walk every morning and night.  Pickle ball in the morning.This does not even bring up how thoughtfully stocked the entire house was.  Seasonings, oil, tea, coffee, sugar.  Incredibly well thought out stock of kitchen goods- meat thermometer, loads of storage for food/containers, etc. Bedrooms were great.  One massive master where we put our 2 kids on the foam matresses on the floor (15yo took over the closet:-) and the other three rooms each with queen size bed all the same size and perfectly sized.  We literally cannot say enough good things!  We are a very well traveled group that came from Tahoe, San Diego, New Zealand to gather.  We could not be happier with the space given to us to reconnect!FYI- there are heaps of grocery stores, etc just 5-10 minutes from the house.  Cacti were blooming!-Gemma O’K.

👉🏻 Book Harmony House

9. Slice of Heaven – Temecula, CA

Double trouble – Slice of Heaven has a pickleball and basketball court in one. On top of that, it also features stunning views of Lake Skinner, rolling hills, and mesmerizing sunsets. So TBH, we think you’ll be just fine staying at this Temecula property.

★ Best House Features:

  • Wine country retreat with a hot tub, swing, and stunning vineyard views
  • Outdoor entertaining spaces, fire pit, grand brick fireplace
  • Fully stocked kitchen, a piano, a game room with a pool table, arcade games, 110″ screen with a projector, and a selfie photo station
  • Close to Temecula wineries, hot air balloon rides, and wine country dining

👀 If you want to know new ways to enjoy Temecula, here’s our guide on the 22 best things to do in Temecula.

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

WOW! WOW! WOW! This home was amazing. The views are absolutely breath taking.  The house was spotless clean.  It was well stocked with high end equipment and supplies.   Bedding, linens and furniture were all very comfortable. There are multiple options for entertainment; hot tub, pickle ball court, ping pong, foosball, pool table, and even a fog and laser machine and karaoke for your own dance club !  Or just relax and take in the spectacular view. Despite the easy drive  to wineries and old Town Temecula, we found ourselves spending more time at the home than planned.  We even cancelled two of our meal reservations and chose to cook at home just so we could enjoy more time together in this true “slice of heaven.” We are so happy we found this rental. It helped to make our trip an unforgettable one.  If you are looking for a private oasis in wine county, this is the one !  Look no further.-Dan R.

👉🏻 Book Slice of Heaven

10. Lion Manor – Denver, NC

A full day of pickleball calls for a home where the fun can keep going long after the final point. Lion Manor is a modern Lake Norman estate set among mature trees, with a private pickleball court, expansive outdoor spaces, and plenty of room for groups to spread out and reconnect. Challenge friends to a match, unwind in the hot tub, or settle in for a movie night after a day exploring the lake.

★ Best House Features:

  • Private pickleball court, hot tub, fire pit, and spacious deck overlooking wooded views
  • Game room with a pool table and multiple TVs, plus a dedicated movie room
  • Chef’s kitchen, dining space for 12, grand piano, and flexible gathering spaces for groups
  • Seven bedrooms, four bathrooms, and accommodations for up to 22 guests
  • Minutes from Lake Norman marinas, waterfront dining, boating, outdoor recreation, and Charlotte attractions

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

Incredible views, exceptionally clean, and super spacious! We loved being right on the water, and there were endless activities to keep us entertained throughout our entire stay. Everything was smooth from check-in to check-out. Highly recommend!-Desirae

👉🏻 Book Lion Manor

11. Olivano Ranch – Palm Desert, CA

Welcome to Olivano Ranch, your private Palm Desert oasis designed for the perfect group getaway. Break a sweat on the private pickleball court with views of the desert mountains. Roast s’mores at the firepit lounge. Show who’s boss around the ping pong table and arcade game machine. Celebrate a bachelorette or say “screw it, I’m on vacation” and opt for wasting the day away on a pool float. Whatever works.

★ Best House Features:

  • Sports court with basketball and pickleball, game garage with arcade games and ping-pong
  • Pool, hot tub, fire pit, outdoor kitchen with BBQ, and large lawn
  • Near Palm Desert shops, the El Paseo art district, and desert hiking trails

👀 As long as you have a list of things to do in Palm Springs, you are sure to have a good time!

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

This house is magical! 8 of us stayed here – 3 teens, 5 adults. Everyone had their own room. The house has 5 rooms and 3 bathrooms and the pool house is its own suite with a king bed, kitchen and bathroom. It’s attached to the garage with the ping pong table and games. Our 2 teen boys stayed in the pool house and loved it! Our crew spent a lot of time in the pool and on the pickleball court. It was too hot for us (mid October) for the hot tub but the kids tried it one night. We didn’t need to heat the pool as the temps were still 25-30+ C!! We would definitely stay here again and really appreciated the helpful crew who responded at AvantStay when we had questions, etc.-Jenny H.

👉🏻 Book Olivano Ranch

12. Azalea Retreat – Sherrills Ford, NC

Azalea Retreat is another Lake Norman home serving looks, activities, and lake views. What more could you ask for? Enjoy private access to your very own pickleball court, private pool, shuffleboard, expansive deck, arcade game, and room for (drumroll, please) 34 guests.

★ Best House Features:

  • Lakefront location with private dock, boat access, and water views
  • Shared pool, large yard, pickleball court, corn hole, and a fully equipped kitchen 
  • Minutes from Lake Norman beaches, Birkdale Village shopping, and Charlotte Motor Speedway

👀 6 of our Lake Norman homes have been AvantStay awards finalists. Read more about 2025’s Best of the Best.

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

Lake Avant was in my opinion 2nd to none. My family of 30 and I enjoyed the experience of the lodge and cottage. They were both top notch clean and had everything that we needed in the kitchen. The youth enjoyed playing pickle ball and the other games on the grounds and inside. The weather was nice for first coupe days so the younger children enjoyed the outside. The older men enjoyed kayaking and we also appreciated how both homes were decorated so beautifully. This made our Christmas exceptionally special. We are really thinking about visiting when weather gets warmer.-Jeanette P.

👉🏻 Book Azalea Retreat

13. Grand Timber – White Haven, PA

Great minds dink alike. Grand Timber is a 5-bedroom cabin with all you and the crew need for a trip to the Poconos. Engage in some friendly competition on the pickleball and basketball courts, cool off by the pool, or soak in the hot tub after a day of exploring.

★ Best House Features:

  • Indoor private pool, hot tub, fire pit, spacious yard, and forest views
  • Basketball, pickleball court, putting green, playhouse
  • Game room with golf simulator, pool table, ping pong, foosball, and arcade games
  • Near Pocono ski resorts, water parks, hiking trails, and Kalahari Resort

👀 Renting out cabins indeed is an experience you don’t want to miss, and you may want to check out our 10 best cabins for the summer weather!

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

Beautifully designed home. Great for a large group. The pickle ball/ basketball area was a big hit as well as the golf simulator. The basement was very impressive with high ceiling and fun games like pool, shuffle board and hockey foosball. Hot tub was a 10/10. I would  say this was a great Airbnb one of the best I have ever stayed at.-Daniel C.

👉🏻 Book Grand Timber

14. Chateau Syrah – Temecula, CA

The game is so on at Chateau Syrah in Temecula. This home has both a pickleball and basketball court, a private pool, an outdoor kitchen and grill, a fireplace with cozy seats, tons of outdoor seating around the property, a billiards table, foosball, and a ping pong table. So yeah, we’ll meet you there. 

★ Best House Features:

  • Wine country estate with pool, hot tub, firepit, and vineyard surroundings
  • Basketball, pickleball court, game room, outdoor kitchen, and multiple patios
  • Proximity to wineries, near Old Town Temecula, and wine tasting rooms

👀 Did you know that Temecula is also known as Southern California’s wine country? If you are looking to feel “European” on your trip, check out these 8 homes that’ll make you feel like you’re in Europe.

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

The stay at Chateau Syrah was excellent!!! It was the perfect place for a relaxing family getaway. We especially enjoyed spending time together in the pool, jacuzzi, the pool table was a great bonus, and the pickleball court  was a hit with everyone. The property is beautifully maintained, with charming sitting areas scattered throughout, which made it easy to unwind with the wine we got from near by wineries and take in the peaceful surroundings. Sunset was magical—our favorite time to sit outside and enjoy the view. Highly recommend for anyone looking for a serene and memorable escape in Temecula!-Aida M.

👉🏻 Book Chateau Syrah

15. Rise N Beach, Beach Please!, & Pura Vida – Port Aransas, TX

Welcome to Rise N Beach, Beach Please!, and Pura Vida. A beachfront getaway in 3 stunning Island Retreat condos that are perfect for family vacations or groups! Each beautifully renovated condo is the ideal spot to relax as it offers breathtaking views of the Gulf, amenities like pools, pickleball courts, and easy access to the vibrant Port A scene.

★ Best House Features:

  • Three beachfront homes with a communal pool, hot tub, and direct beach access
  • Shared basketball, tennis, and pickleball court, outdoor living spaces, decks with ocean views, and coastal amenities
  • Steps from Port Aransas beaches, fishing, water sports, and coastal dining

👀 Don’t know what to do? First time in Port Aransas? Here are the best things to do in Port Aransas!

★ Hear from Our Recent Guest:

These condos were perfect for our needs. I did wish the one that was farther away was in the same building as the other 2, but I know it isn’t always possible to make that happen. The condos were exactly like the picture, the community was nice, and it was an easy walk to the beach.-Rebecca G.

👉🏻 Book Rise N Beach, Beach Please!, and Pura Vida

Pickleball: A Fun Sport for Everyone

Pickleball is widely loved for being one of the most inclusive and easygoing sports out there, making vacation rentals with pickleball courts a fantastic pick for travelers of all ages and abilities. Here’s why it’s such a great option:

1. Easy to Learn: Pickleball is super simple to pick up! With easy-to-follow rules and a smaller court than tennis, it’s perfect for beginners. But don’t worry, experienced players can still get their competitive fix!

2. Fun for All Ages: This game really brings everyone together. Kids, adults, and seniors all love it! Its slower pace means it’s great for older players, while the exciting gameplay keeps younger folks having a blast. So if you’re planning a family trip or a getaway with all generations, vacation rentals with pickleball courts are just the ticket.

3. Great for Socializing: Pickleball is all about having fun with friends! Most games are played in doubles, which makes for some team spirit and plenty of interaction. It’s a perfect way for groups staying at vacation rentals to bond and enjoy each other’s company.

4. Has Inclusive Options: What’s even better is that many pickleball courts can be adapted for players with disabilities. Rentals offering accessible courts or adaptive equipment are truly thoughtful choices, making it easy for everyone to join in on the fun!

Even More Amenities

If pickleball isn’t enough, hundreds of our vacation rentals come equipped with other sports courts for basketball, tennis, and volleyball, plus classic games like billiards, shuffleboard, ping pong, and more. And we have so much more to offer when it comes to extraordinary amenities.

Check out these other posts where we get into more of what makes AvantStay a cut above the rest:

Grab Your Racquet. It’s Game On!

The exploration doesn’t stop here. Apart from its seamless group travel experience and a plentiful selection of luxury in-app upgrades, AvantStay homes offer the ideal setting for fun, relaxation, and unforgettable memories.

With our stunning vacation rentals with private pickleball courts and luxurious amenities, your next adventure is just a click away. Book your stay today and we’ll see you soon!

Book Now

5 Dreamy Malibu Airbnbs with the Best Ocean Views

If Malibu isn’t on your summer wishlist yet, it should be! With dreamy beaches, jaw-dropping ocean views, and breezy luxury that screams “California cool,” it’s no wonder this star-studded beach town is a must-visit. 

To help you book the best waterfront home, we’ve rounded up five of our incredible Malibu Airbnbs with front-row ocean views, top-tier amenities, and locations so good, you’ll want to gatekeep them. 

These are the summer stays you’ll be thinking about long after the tan lines fade. Let’s dive in! 🌊

Pacific View Malibu

Sleeps 8 guests with 4 bedrooms & 4 beds

default

Perched on a dramatic bluff above the coastline, Pacific View Malibu is what happens when a home is built entirely around one idea: the view. Floor-to-ceiling windows pull the Pacific straight into the living room, vaulted ceilings keep everything light and airy, and the private pool sits right at the bluff’s edge—so your sunset swim comes with a horizon that goes on forever.

Top Amenities:

  • Private pool at the edge of the bluff with the Pacific stretching beyond, plus a hot tub for glowing-coastline evenings
  • Floor-to-ceiling windows, vaulted ceilings, chef-ready kitchen with barstool seating, primary suite with fireplace and private balcony
  • Easy reach of Zuma Beach, Point Dume, Malibu Pier, and PCH dining

Why You’ll Love Pacific View Malibu:

Morning coffee, afternoon swims, and golden-hour soaks all share the same endless blue backdrop—it’s the Malibu view you came for, from every angle.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Beautiful views!! Spacious Malibu home with a pool and hot tub. Peaceful, close to beaches, incredible stargazing. My family had a wonderful time.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices)

Malibu Bliss Beach House

Sleeps 8 guests with 3 bedrooms & 3 beds

This beachfront beauty brings the name to life—Malibu Bliss Beach House is where waves crash just outside your door, and sunset skies become your nightly show. With ocean views from every room, this house is summer in a snapshot. Whether you’re flipping pancakes in the chef’s kitchen or flipping through playlists on the deck, it’s pure coastal perfection.

Top Amenities:

  • Rooftop balcony with hot tub and panoramic ocean views, paired with sunrise or sunset
  • Oceanfront decks with lounge chairs and alfresco table, chef’s kitchen, built-in grill
  • Private beach access via staircase, dedicated work space desk

Why You’ll Love Malibu Bliss Beach House:

Waking up with the ocean at your feet and winding down in a rooftop hot tub? Yes, please. Just one of the reasons why you’ll love staying here!

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Absolutely stunning house!!! You literally cannot beat these views, everything about this house is amazing. Spacious, right on the beach, private access to the beach, beautiful balcony view, close by to the pier and restaurants and stores. This place had it all and we were beyond happy to have spent my mother’s retirement trip here and we are already trying to plan another trip back. Host was very responsive and quick to reply, check in was easy, they even went out of their way to give my mom a special welcome gift on her retirement. It was very much appreciated. Highly recommend this house to any family that is looking for a beach getaway.”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices)

Matador

Sleeps 8 guests with 3 bedrooms & 4 beds

Matador is your cliffside Malibu fantasy come to life, but only better. Perched above the Pacific, this sleek stunner delivers unreal ocean views from floor-to-ceiling windows and a rooftop patio made for golden hour hangs. Its modern design and open concept layout for every floor will make you book when you want to impress and unwind in equal measure.

Top Amenities:

  • Rooftop patio with panoramic ocean views, alfresco dining, BBQ grill, 
  • Floor-to-ceiling windows, balcony, fireplace, wet bar, outdoor lounge seats, sturdy house
  • Right off the Pacific Coast Highway, 10 minutes to the beaches

Why You’ll Love Matador:

This is the Malibu mood board in real life—modern, dramatic, and ocean-soaked in every direction. So, don’t miss it.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“The place was absolutely stunning and exactly as shown in the pictures! The host was super responsive with any questions and I highly recommend staying there….definitely want to go back!”

“This home was amazing! Would definitely book again. The home looked even better in person. Being Oceanside was so peaceful and exactly what was needed.”

“This is the nicest house we’ve stayed at in Malibu, out of ten or so. It’s huge compared to most of the beach properties, the decor is outstanding, and the managers are friendly and responsive and flexible. Thank you!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices)

Dume Point

Sleeps 12 guests with 5 bedrooms & 6 beds

A sunlit Malibu retreat where beach days and backhand swings go hand in hand. Just five minutes from Big Dume Beach, Dume Point is a breezy getaway that comes with its own private set of fun amenities and all the space your crew needs to spread out. Chase waves or sunset matches, it’s the kind of spot where memories practically make themselves.

Top Amenities:

  • Private outdoor pool and tennis court with tennis rackets, balls, and a volleyball net
  • Al fresco table set up by the yard, fireplaces, BBQ grill, and sand toys available
  • Walkable to Big Dume Beach and Westward Beaches

Why You’ll Love Dume Point:

With a beach just down the street and a tennis court in the backyard, this Malibu stay is the perfect mix of chill and thrill that you’re looking for.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“My friend’s and I had the absolute best time during our stay. There were 12 of us there for my friend’s bachelorette party. There was plenty of space inside and outside, a vineyard 10 minutes away, a hiking trail nearby, restaurants a 15 minute uber away, and STUNNING views. The hosts were always quick to respond. I would highly recommend this airbnb! 10/10”

“Our family had a great day, the home was large and comfortable for everyone. Check in instructions were very clear, and the house was very clean. We really enjoyed using the yard and tennis court for the kids to enjoy. Easy walk to beautiful Malibu cliffs. Exactly as described”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices)

Stardust

Sleeps 10 guests with 3 bedrooms & 6 beds

Floating above the coast, Stardust feels like a Malibu dream come to life. Perched on a hillside just minutes from the PCH, this is the Malibu spot where you’ll want to stay long after check-out. Just two minutes off the PCH, this hillside hideaway gives you total privacy without missing a moment of Malibu’s summer magic.

Top Amenities:

  • Mountaintop hot tub and back patio with dining setup for the unbeatable ocean views
  • Lounge areas with fire pit, indoor fireplace, treadmill, chef’s kitchen
  • 2 minutes from Pacific Coast Highway and close to beaches

Why You’ll Love Stardust:

It’s the ultimate hilltop escape—private, peaceful, and perfectly positioned for sunsets and starry skies.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This home was the perfect place for our family to stay while we were in town for our daughter’s Pepperdine graduation! It’s in a great location, close to Zuma Beach as well as a local grocery store and restaurants. AvantStay was quick to respond when we had questions. We would stay here again for future trips.”

“The home had everything we needed and more. We spent a good amount of our time enjoying the ocean view from the backyard. The pool table and hot tub was a nice touch. Thank you AvantStay for sharing your beautiful home!”

Book on Airbnb | Book with AvantStay (Best Prices)

Related Reads: 

Exploring Malibu: Famous Spots + Local Tips

Whether you’re planning your first Malibu escape or returning for another sun-soaked stay, knowing how to make the most of this beachside gem can take your vacation from good to unforgettable. 

Looking for the best things to do in Malibu? Below are the most iconic things to see and how to experience Malibu like a local.

1. Zuma Beach

One of Malibu’s most spacious beaches with lifeguards, bathrooms, and food stands—Zuma Beach is perfect for families. Arrive before 10 am on weekends to grab parking and beat the crowds.

2. Surfrider Beach

Right next to the Malibu Pier, Surfider Beach is a hot spot for surfers and photographers. Not a surfer? Grab a smoothie at Malibu Farm Cafe and stroll the pier for great views.

3. Solstice Canyon Trail

Solstice Canyon Trail is a peaceful hike featuring ruins, a small waterfall, and ocean views. Bring water and wear sturdy shoes—the trail gets rocky near the end.

4. Malibu Pier

Sunset is the best time for photos and fewer crowds. Snap oceanfront photos, then dine over the water at Malibu Farm Restaurant at Malibu Pier. 

5. Malibu Country Mart

A stylish open-air mall with boutiques, wellness studios, and celebrity sightings. Malibu Country Mart is where you can try Sunlife Organics for smoothies and poke around the art galleries nearby.

6. Malibu Seafood

Malibu Seafood is an iconic, no-frills seafood shack across from the beach. Go early, though, as it’s walk-up only and lines get long!

7. Nobu Malibu

High-end sushi with panoramic views of the Pacific is what you can expect at Nobu Malibu. Reservations are booked weeks in advance, so plan ahead.

8. Rosenthal Wine Bar & Patio

Experience wine tasting just steps from the ocean, often with live music on weekends. Check their event calendar—some nights at Rosenthal Wine Bar & Patio feature food trucks and DJs.

9. Malibu Creek State Park

Great for hiking, rock climbing, or exploring historic filming locations. Malibu Creek State Park will make you pack sunscreen and layers, as shade is very limited on the hiking trails.

10. El Matador Beach

A hidden cove with dramatic cliffs and sea caves, but El Matador Beach is best explored at low tide. Wear sturdy shoes—it’s a steep walk down.

✨ Pro Tip: Malibu stretches 27 miles along the coast, so renting a car (or having Uber/Lyft handy) is the easiest way to hop between beaches, hikes, and restaurants. Cell service can be spotty in the canyons, so download maps in advance!

Sea You in Malibu

Craving lazy mornings on the deck with a coffee in hand or golden hour dips in your private hot tub? Malibu is where beachfront dreams come true.

Crashing waves, dreamy views, and luxe homes with room for the whole crew. Book your perfect Malibu Airbnb today with AvantStay and start packing for sunsets, surf, and serious relaxation!

Los Angeles Itinerary: 2 to 10 Days Travel Guide

The City of Angels sprawls across 500 square miles where mountains meet the Pacific, movie studios produce dreams, and tacos taste better than anywhere else. 

Los Angeles isn’t one city but dozens of distinct neighborhoods from glitzy Beverly Hills to artsy Downtown, beachy Santa Monica to hipster Silver Lake. 

Each area maintains its own character while contributing to LA’s reputation as America’s entertainment capital.

From Hollywood’s star-studded sidewalks to Malibu’s surf breaks, the city offers adventures for every visitor type.

This guide breaks down the perfect Los Angeles itinerary, whether for a quick weekend escape or a full week exploring Southern California’s biggest city.

Itinerary Summary

Planning your trip? Check out our guide on the best time to visit Los Angeles for ideal weather and events before building your itinerary.

2 Days in Los Angeles: 48 Hours in the City of Angels

This fast-paced itinerary works for travelers passing through California or business visitors extending their trip. You’ll experience LA’s most iconic moments without spreading yourself thin. Perfect for photographers and movie fans wanting maximum star power packed into one power weekend.

Day 1: Hollywood and Entertainment

Morning: Start at the Hollywood Walk of Fame before 9 AM to avoid crowds. Find your favorite stars’ names among 2,700+ embedded in the sidewalk along Hollywood Boulevard. Walk to the TCL Chinese Theatre for handprints and footprints of movie legends. The ornate architecture alone warrants photos.

Afternoon: Drive up to Griffith Observatory for panoramic LA views, including the Hollywood Sign. The free museum inside explains astronomy and Los Angeles history. Hike behind the observatory for closer Hollywood Sign views if energy permits. The moderate trail takes 30-45 minutes one way.

Lunch: Grab tacos at Leo’s Tacos Truck on La Brea near Hollywood or head to Grand Central Market downtown for diverse food stall options.

Evening: Universal Studios Hollywood stays open until 9 PM many nights. Tour the working studio backlot, seeing actual film sets, then experience themed rides including Wizarding World of Harry Potter and Jurassic World. CityWalk outside the park offers dinner and entertainment. Alternatively, explore Sunset Strip’s legendary music venues and restaurants.

Day 2: Beaches and Culture

Morning: Breakfast at Eggslut in Grand Central Market for their famous breakfast sandwiches. Walk across the street to Angels Flight, the historic funicular railway. Browse the Bradbury Building’s Victorian ironwork featured in Blade Runner. Continue to The Broad museum for contemporary art, including Yayoi Kusama’s Infinity Mirrors (advance reservations required).

Afternoon: Drive to Santa Monica Pier for the classic SoCal beach experience. The Ferris wheel, arcade games, and street performers create a carnival atmosphere. Walk or bike the beachfront path south to Venice Beach. The Venice Boardwalk’s street performers, Muscle Beach, and skateboard park deliver quintessential LA people-watching.

Lunch: Grab fish tacos or burgers at one of Venice Beach’s casual beachfront restaurants.

Evening: Sunset at Santa Monica Beach, watching the sun sink into the Pacific. Dinner at The Ivy on Robertson Boulevard if you want celebrity spotting potential, or keep it casual at In-N-Out Burger for cult-favorite California burgers. End with drinks at a West Hollywood rooftop bar.

Best Homes to Stay for a 2-Day Los Angeles Trip:

3 Days in Los Angeles: The Essential Hollywood Weekend

Three days capture LA’s essence perfectly for first-time visitors or groups celebrating special occasions. This itinerary balances entertainment industry tourism with beach time, making it ideal for bachelorette parties, milestone birthdays, or friend reunions. You’ll experience the city’s diverse character from downtown culture to coastal beauty.

Day 1: Hollywood Immersion

Morning: Tour Warner Bros. or Paramount Studios for behind-the-scenes studio experiences. The WB tour shows actual production areas and backlot streets. Tours run 2-3 hours and require advance booking. Alternatively, visit the Academy Museum of Motion Pictures, exploring film history through interactive exhibits.

Lunch: Pink’s Hot Dogs on La Brea serves famous chili dogs and celebrity-named specialties since 1939. The line moves despite its length.

Afternoon: Drive through Beverly Hills, spotting mansions on Rodeo Drive’s luxury shopping district. Continue to West Hollywood for shopping and gallery browsing. The Sunset Strip’s legendary rock clubs and billboards capture LA’s music history.

Evening: Catch sunset from Runyon Canyon’s hiking trails with Hollywood Sign and city views. The moderate 3-mile loop attracts locals and tourists. Dinner at Republique for French-California cuisine in a historic building, or try trendy restaurants along Melrose Avenue. End with comedy at The Comedy Store or Largo at the Coronet.

Day 2: Beach Cities and Coastal Culture

Morning: Breakfast at Gjusta in Venice for outstanding pastries and coffee. Walk the Venice Canals, exploring this quiet neighborhood mimicking Venice, Italy. The pedestrian bridges and canal-front homes create surprising serenity blocks from the beach chaos.

Afternoon: Head to Malibu via Pacific Coast Highway. Stop at El Matador State Beach for dramatic sea caves and rock formations. Continue to Malibu Pier and Surfrider Beach, where modern surfing culture began. The Getty Villa in Pacific Palisades showcases ancient Greek and Roman art in a recreated Roman villa (free but requires timed-entry reservations).

Lunch: Malibu Farm on the pier serves farm-to-table California cuisine overlooking the ocean.

Evening: Return to Santa Monica for Third Street Promenade’s pedestrian shopping and street performers. Dinner at The Lobster overlooking Santa Monica Pier, or grab upscale Mexican at Border Grill. Watch the sunset from Palisades Park’s bluffs before heading back.

Day 3: Downtown Arts and Culture

Morning: Start at Grand Central Market for breakfast from multiple vendors. Tour the nearby Bradbury Building’s Victorian architecture and ride Angels Flight funicular. Walk to The Broad museum for contemporary art, then explore Downtown’s Arts District with street art murals and galleries.

Lunch: Bestia in the Arts District serves innovative Italian cuisine in an industrial-chic space. Reservations essential.

Afternoon: Visit LACMA (Los Angeles County Museum of Art) for extensive art collections and the famous Urban Light installation. The adjacent La Brea Tar Pits reveal Ice Age fossils still being excavated. Continue to The Grove shopping complex and Original Farmers Market for browsing and snacking.

Evening: Final sunset from Griffith Observatory if you missed it earlier. Farewell dinner at Perch rooftop in Downtown for French bistro fare with skyline views. The rooftop atmosphere suits celebrations. End with cocktails in Downtown’s speakeasy bars or Arts District breweries.

Best Homes to Stay for a 3-Day Los Angeles Weekend:

4 Days in Los Angeles: The Neighborhood Explorer

Four days lets you dig deeper into LA’s distinct areas while hitting major attractions. This works perfectly for families with kids or groups wanting both theme park thrills and cultural experiences. You’ll balance famous spots with local neighborhoods that Angelenos actually frequent.

Day 1: Theme Park Magic

Morning: Early arrival at Universal Studios Hollywood beats crowds. The Studio Tour reveals working backlot and special effects demonstrations. Harry Potter’s Wizarding World attracts massive crowds, so hit this first. Other themed areas include Jurassic World and Transformers rides.

Afternoon: Continue exploring Universal Studios. The park requires a full day for a complete experience. CityWalk outside offers dining and entertainment if you finish early.

Lunch: Multiple restaurants inside Universal Studios and CityWalk offer casual dining from burgers to sushi.

Evening: Exit the park and drive to Burbank for dinner at Porto’s Bakery and Cafe. Their Cuban pastries, potato balls, and sandwiches deliver authentic flavors at affordable prices. The line moves quickly despite appearing long. Alternatively, explore Burbank’s restaurants near the studios.

Day 2: Museum Mile and Beverly Hills

Morning: Breakfast at The Griddle Cafe in Hollywood for massive pancakes and creative morning fare. Drive to Museum Row on Wilshire Boulevard. Choose between LACMA for broad art collections, the Petersen Automotive Museum for car enthusiasts, or the Academy Museum for film lovers. Each requires 2-3 hours minimum.

Afternoon: Continue to Beverly Hills for window shopping on Rodeo Drive. Even if luxury retail isn’t your thing, the people-watching and architecture entertain. Walk residential streets near Rodeo, spotting impressive homes. Continue to West Hollywood for The Grove and Original Farmers Market complex.

Lunch: The Original Farmers Market offers dozens of food stalls serving everything from Louisiana gumbo to Brazilian grilled meat. The historic market opened in 1934.

Evening: Sunset from West Hollywood’s rooftop bars like EP & LP or Laurel Hardware. Dinner at Catch LA for seafood and celebrity spotting, or keep it casual at Jon & Vinny’s for Italian comfort food. End with live music on Sunset Strip at Whisky a Go Go or The Roxy.

Day 3: Beach Day and Coastal Culture

Morning: Drive to Manhattan Beach for a small-town beach atmosphere. The Manhattan Beach Pier and surrounding sand offer excellent swimming and people-watching. Local surfers catch waves while volleyball players compete on courts. Breakfast at Uncle Bill’s Pancake House for classic diner fare.

Afternoon: Continue south to Palos Verdes Peninsula for coastal drives along stunning cliffs. Stop at Point Vicente Lighthouse and Terranea Resort’s coastal trail. Whale watching is possible from November through April. Return north through Redondo Beach’s harbor area.

Lunch: Grab seafood at one of Redondo Beach Pier’s restaurants overlooking the marina.

Evening: Head to Abbot Kinney Boulevard in Venice for trendy boutiques, galleries, and restaurants. This mile-long street captures LA’s creative spirit. Dinner at Gjelina for California-Mediterranean sharing plates. Their roasted squash and lamb neck ragout earns raves. End with drinks at The Bungalow in Santa Monica.

Day 4: Hidden LA

Morning: Breakfast at Republique for pastries and French-inspired brunch. Explore Los Feliz and Silver Lake neighborhoods with vintage shops, coffee roasters, and local character. Visit Griffith Park’s Autry Museum of the American West or explore hiking trails. The park offers 4,300 acres of recreation space.

Lunch: Alimento in Silver Lake serves Italian-California cuisine in a casual neighborhood setting. Or try HomeState for Texas-style breakfast tacos served all day.

Afternoon: Drive to Pasadena for the Huntington Library, Art Museum, and Botanical Gardens. The 120-acre estate showcases rare books, British and American art, and themed gardens, including Japanese and desert collections. Allow 3+ hours for thorough exploring. Or visit the Norton Simon Museum for European art.

Evening: Dinner in Old Town Pasadena’s pedestrian district with dozens of restaurants. The Raymond 1886 offers upscale California cuisine in a historic Craftsman cottage. Return to LA via the 110 freeway for nighttime city light views.

Best Homes to Stay for a 4-Day Los Angeles Trip:

5 Days in Los Angeles: The Complete First-Timer’s Journey

Five days reveal Los Angeles beyond the postcard scenes and give time to appreciate why people accept traffic for the lifestyle. Perfect for families planning vacations or couples wanting a thorough exploration without rushing. This pace lets you experience the city’s full range from urban Downtown to mountain trails.

Day 1: Downtown Deep Dive

Morning: Start at Grand Central Market for breakfast. Tour the historic Bradbury Building’s Victorian architecture has been featured in countless films. Ride Angels Flight funicular up Bunker Hill. Visit The Broad museum for contemporary art, including Jeff Koons and Yayoi Kusama (reserve Infinity Mirrors ahead).

Lunch: Eat at one of Grand Central Market’s many vendors. Villa’s Tacos holds a Michelin Bib Gourmand for its exceptional tacos.

Afternoon: Walk through the Arts District, exploring street art murals and galleries. Hauser & Wirth gallery offers free admission in a converted flour mill. Continue to Little Tokyo for Japanese shops, gardens, and cultural experiences. The Japanese American National Museum explains immigration history.

Evening: Dinner at Bestia for innovative Italian or Otium next to The Broad for California cuisine. End at rooftop bars like Perch or Spire 73 for skyline views and cocktails.

Day 2: Hollywood and Griffith Park

Morning: Early arrival at Griffith Observatory before crowds. Hike to the Hollywood Sign via the Mount Hollywood Trail (6 miles round trip) or the Brush Canyon Trail (3 miles). The exposed trails require sun protection and plenty of water but deliver iconic LA views.

Lunch: Griffith Observatory’s cafe offers basic fare, or pack picnic supplies to eat with views.

Afternoon: Tour Warner Bros. or Paramount Studios for behind-the-scenes access. The working studio tours last 2-3 hours, showing real production areas. Book well ahead as tours fill quickly. Or visit the Hollywood Museum in the historic Max Factor Building for film memorabilia.

Evening: Walk the Hollywood Walk of Fame and TCL Chinese Theatre after sunset when temperatures cool. Dinner at Musso & Frank Grill, Hollywood’s oldest restaurant since 1919. Their martinis and old-school steakhouse atmosphere capture Hollywood’s golden era. End with live music at Hotel Cafe or shows at Hollywood Bowl if the season aligns.

Day 3: Coastal Highway

Morning: Drive Pacific Coast Highway north to Malibu. Stop at El Matador State Beach for dramatic rock formations and photo opportunities. Continue to Malibu Pier and Surfrider Beach, where modern surfing culture developed. The Getty Villa requires free timed-entry tickets but showcases ancient Greek and Roman art in a spectacular hilltop setting.

Lunch: Malibu Farm or Neptune’s Net for casual seafood with ocean views.

Afternoon: Continue north to Zuma Beach for swimming and sunbathing, or Point Dume State Beach for tide pools and sea lion viewing from the promontory. The scenic drive along PCH delivers endless Pacific views with dramatic cliffs and hidden beaches.

Evening: Return south, stopping at the Santa Monica Pier for sunset. Walk the Third Street Promenade before dinner at The Lobster overlooking the pier. The seafood restaurant balances special occasion elegance with beach proximity. End with drinks at rooftop bars in Santa Monica.

Day 4: Theme Parks or Studios

Morning: Full day at either Universal Studios Hollywood, Disneyland in Anaheim, or Knott’s Berry Farm. Each theme park requires a full day for thorough exploration. Universal’s backlot tour and movie-themed rides capture LA’s entertainment industry. Disneyland offers classic Disney magic 45 minutes south in Anaheim.

Afternoon: Continue at your chosen park. Most stay open until evening with night shows and fireworks.

Lunch: Theme parks offer numerous dining options from quick service to sit-down restaurants.

Evening: Exit the park exhausted but exhilarated. A simple dinner near your accommodation or delivery lets you recover. If energy remains, explore your neighborhood’s local restaurants and bars.

Day 5: Neighborhood Favorites

Morning: Brunch at The Butcher, The Baker, The Cappuccino Maker in West Hollywood for modern takes on breakfast classics. Explore West Hollywood’s design district and Santa Monica Boulevard. Continue to Beverly Hills for architecture tours of historic homes.

Afternoon: Visit LACMA for art collections and the Urban Light installation of 202 restored street lamps. The adjacent La Brea Tar Pits preserve Ice Age fossils with ongoing excavations. Or tour the Getty Center in Brentwood for European art and stunning architecture. The hilltop museum offers free admission but charges for parking.

Lunch: The Getty Center’s restaurant serves California cuisine with views, or grab food trucks near LACMA.

Evening: Final sunset from Baldwin Hills Scenic Overlook for 360-degree LA views from mountains to ocean. The 282 steps to the top workout but a reward. Farewell dinner at Providence for Michelin-starred seafood tasting menus, or Republique for more approachable upscale dining. Toast five days exploring the City of Angels.

Best Homes to Stay for a 5-Day Los Angeles Adventure:

7 Days in Los Angeles: Entertainment Capital Like a Local

A full week lets you settle into LA’s rhythm, discovering why creative types choose this sprawling city despite traffic and costs. This itinerary works for remote workers, extended families, or entertainment industry enthusiasts wanting complete immersion. You’ll have time to revisit favorite spots and venture into neighborhoods tourists skip.

Days 1-5: Follow the 5-Day Itinerary

Start with the comprehensive five-day plan covering Downtown, Hollywood, beaches, and theme parks. This foundation ensures you experience LA’s essential character before exploring deeper.

Day 6: South Bay and Beach Cities

Morning: Breakfast at Uncle Bill’s Pancake House in Manhattan Beach. Walk the Manhattan Beach Pier and the surrounding sand, watching surfers. This beach town maintains a small-community vibe despite LA proximity. Rent bikes and cruise The Strand beachfront path connecting beach cities.

Afternoon: Continue to Hermosa Beach for lunch at one of the pier restaurants. Walk the beach and check out surf shops. Drive to Palos Verdes Peninsula for dramatic coastal cliffs and hiking. The Point Vicente Lighthouse and adjacent trails offer whale watching from December through April.

Lunch: Hermosa Beach Pier restaurants serve fresh seafood with ocean views.

Evening: Return via Torrance for dinner at one of the area’s many Asian restaurants. The South Bay hosts large Asian communities with authentic Japanese, Korean, and Vietnamese dining. Alternatively, sunset dinner at Terranea Resort’s Nelson’s restaurant overlooks the Pacific from a clifftop perch.

Day 7: Your Choice Day

Morning: Sleep in and enjoy a leisurely breakfast at a favorite spot discovered during the week. Maybe return to Grand Central Market or try a new neighborhood cafe. Final morning hike at Runyon Canyon, Temescal Canyon, or Griffith Park, enjoying LA’s surprising nature access.

Afternoon: Options abound for the final day. Revisit a favorite museum, explore neighborhoods you haven’t fully seen, or simply relax poolside. Shopping on Melrose, Abbot Kinney, or Robertson Boulevard makes a great last-day activity. Venice Beach boardwalk people-watching never gets old.

Lunch: In-N-Out Burger for the final California burger fix. The cult chain appears throughout LA, making it convenient.

Evening: Final sunset from your favorite spot. Maybe it’s Santa Monica Pier, Griffith Observatory, or a beach you discovered. Splurge on dinner at Providence, n/naka, or Vespertine for Michelin-starred tasting menus. Or keep it casual at Gjelina, Jon & Vinny’s, or your personal favorite. Toast seven days knowing you’ve experienced LA beyond tourism.

Best Homes to Stay for a 7-Day Los Angeles Experience:

10 Days in Los Angeles: Total Southern California Immersion

Ten days transform Los Angeles from a destination to a temporary home. This extended stay suits digital nomads, sabbatical travelers, or anyone craving complete SoCal immersion. You’ll establish routines, discover secret hiking trails, and venture across Southern California exploring the broader region.

Days 1-7: Follow the 7-Day Itinerary

Complete the week-long plan, ensuring comprehensive LA coverage from Downtown to the beaches. By day seven, you’ll know your favorite neighborhoods and coffee shops.

Day 8: Orange County Day Trip

Morning: Drive south to Laguna Beach for art galleries and pristine coves. This seaside town features 30+ galleries and monthly art walks. The beaches nestled between cliffs create intimate swimming spots. Walk the coastal trail between Heisler Park and Main Beach.

Afternoon: Continue to Newport Beach for Balboa Island exploring. The tiny island accessed by bridge features charming shops and famous frozen bananas. Rent bikes or simply walk the waterfront path. The Balboa Fun Zone offers vintage amusement attractions.

Lunch: Ruby’s Diner on Balboa Pier serves classic American diner food with ocean views.

Evening: Return to LA via Pacific Coast Highway, stopping at Huntington Beach if time permits. “Surf City USA” lives up to its nickname with consistent waves and beach culture. Dinner back in LA at a neighborhood favorite or simple takeout after a full day.

Day 9: Day Trip Options

Morning: Choose your adventure: Santa Barbara (90 minutes north) for wine tasting and Spanish architecture, Joshua Tree National Park (2.5 hours east) for desert hiking and rock formations, or San Diego (2.5 hours south) for beaches and attractions. Each destination deserves an overnight stay, but day trips work for quick tastes.

Afternoon: Continue exploring the chosen destination. Santa Barbara’s State Street pedestrian area offers shopping and dining. Joshua Tree’s alien landscape and rock climbing attract outdoor enthusiasts. San Diego’s Gaslamp Quarter and beaches deliver a beach city vibe.

Lunch: Each destination offers numerous dining options from casual to upscale.

Evening: Return to LA exhausted but enriched. Long driving days mean a simple dinner near the rental. Reflect on how the ten days revealed California’s diversity beyond LA proper.

Day 10: Favorite Spots and Farewell

Morning: Return to a favorite breakfast spot from the week. Final morning activity at your preferred spot. Maybe it’s beach time, hiking, or simply sitting at a cafe, people-watching. Last-minute shopping at Rose Bowl Flea Market (second Sunday monthly) or Melrose Trading Post (Sunday) if timing works.

Lunch: Final meal at In-N-Out or favorite taco spot. You’ve earned opinions about LA food by now.

Afternoon: Last-minute exploring or souvenir shopping. The Hollywood & Highland complex offers tourist gifts. Abbot Kinney and Silver Lake boutiques provide more unique local products. Or simply drive through favorite neighborhoods, appreciating the vibe.

Evening: Sunset from Griffith Observatory, Santa Monica Pier, or your personal favorite spot. Farewell dinner at Michelin-starred Providence, innovative Vespertine, or your discovered gem. Toast ten days well spent in the City of Angels, knowing you’ve experienced LA beyond Hollywood stereotypes.

Best Homes to Stay for a 10-Day Los Angeles Immersion:

If You Have Extra Time

Day Trips Beyond Los Angeles

Disneyland Resort: The Anaheim theme park deserves a full day or an overnight stay. Both Disneyland and California Adventure parks offer classic Disney entertainment with themed lands and attractions.

Santa Catalina Island: Ferry from Long Beach or San Pedro reaches this Mediterranean-like island in an hour. Avalon’s harbor town and island interior offer hiking, diving, and escape from mainland bustle.

Temecula Wine Country: 90 minutes south, this inland wine region produces quality wines with a Mediterranean climate. Over 40 wineries offer tastings amid rolling hills and vineyard views.

Hidden LA Gems

The Last Bookstore: This multi-story bookstore in Downtown features new and used books in a former bank building. The tunnel of books and art installations creates Instagram-worthy shopping.

Sunken City: This landslide area in San Pedro reveals abandoned streets and foundations sliding into the Pacific. Technically closed but accessible with caution. The ruins and coastal views attract urban explorers.

Self-Realization Fellowship Lake Shrine: This peaceful temple and garden in Pacific Palisades offers meditation areas, koi ponds, and a spiritual atmosphere. Free admission provides escape from LA chaos.

Not sure where to stay? Check out our curated lists of top Airbnbs in Los Angeles for neighborhood-specific recommendations.

Getting Around Los Angeles

Los Angeles sprawls across 500 square miles with limited public transportation. The city’s car-centric design means rental vehicles provide the most flexibility. Understanding traffic patterns and parking challenges helps maximize sightseeing time while minimizing frustration.

Rental Cars: Essential for comprehensive LA exploring. Book ahead as prices fluctuate wildly during peak seasons. Expect $50-100 daily, depending on vehicle type. LA traffic gets heavy during rush hours (6-10 AM and 3-7 PM). Google Maps provides real-time traffic routing. Parking downtown costs $10-30 daily, while beach areas offer metered street parking.

Public Transportation: Metro rail and bus systems connect some areas, but remain impractical for tourists. The Expo Line links Downtown to Santa Monica. Red and Purple lines serve Hollywood and Universal City. However, reaching attractions requires multiple transfers, making rental cars more efficient.

Rideshare: Uber and Lyft operate throughout LA with good availability except during peak hours. Expect $20-40 for cross-town trips, $50-70 from LAX to beach areas. Surge pricing affects popular areas during events and evenings. Budget-conscious travelers can combine rideshare with Metro rail for a hybrid approach.

Biking: Some neighborhoods like Santa Monica, Manhattan Beach, and Venice offer bike-friendly paths. Metro Bikes provides bike-share throughout the city. However, LA’s sprawl and car culture make cycling challenging for tourists trying to cover multiple areas.

Walking: Individual neighborhoods stay walkable, but distances between areas require transportation. Downtown’s Arts District, Venice Beach, and Third Street Promenade allow pedestrian exploration. However, LA wasn’t built for walking, and sidewalks disappear in many areas.

Where to Stay in Los Angeles

Choosing the right home base shapes your entire LA experience. AvantStay offers premium vacation rentals across Los Angeles’ best neighborhoods. 

From Hollywood Hills homes to beach condos, our curated collection positions you perfectly for exploring the entertainment capital.

Why Choose AvantStay

Unlike traditional vacation rentals, AvantStay properties are professionally managed with consistent quality standards. Every home features thoughtful design, high-end furnishings, and modern amenities, making your stay comfortable and memorable. 

Our Los Angeles homes span from central Hollywood to coastal Santa Monica, ensuring you’re positioned for whatever LA experience you’re seeking.

Concierge Services and Upgrades

AvantStay’s personal concierge service elevates your vacation beyond simple accommodation. We handle the details so you can focus on experiencing LA’s entertainment and culture.

  • Mid-Stay Cleaning: Keep your space fresh during extended stays, so you can relax without worrying about upkeep during your LA adventure.
  • Bring Your Pets: AvantStay encourages time spent with loved ones, and pets are no exception. We offer pet-friendly properties where your furry family members are welcome.
  • Private Chef: Elevate your dining experience with a personal chef creating California-inspired cuisine without restaurant reservations.
  • Stocked Fridge: Skip the grocery store hassle and let us handle the shopping. Send us your list or select from our curated packages.
  • Transportation: Need a ride to studios, theme parks, or beaches? We arrange reliable transportation throughout your stay, exploring LA stress-free.
  • Find Local Child Care: Traveling with kids but want adults-only studio tours? We help you find and hire local sitters with detailed profiles, references, and reviews.
  • In-Home Massage: Perfect after theme park days and hiking, indulge in ultimate relaxation without leaving your rental.
  • Rent Baby Gear: Traveling with a baby doesn’t mean packing your entire nursery. Rent cribs, strollers, car seats, and more.

For other requests, rentals, or special occasion setups, our concierge team handles whatever makes your Los Angeles vacation exceptional.

Book Through the AvantStay App

Download the AvantStay app to browse properties, manage bookings, and access concierge services all in one place. The app provides 24/7 support, check-in details, local recommendations, and direct messaging with our team.

Download via: AvantStay iOS Application

Download via: AvantStay Android Application

Essential Travel Tips

Before you cruise the PCH and hike to the Hollywood Sign, a little preparation goes a long way. These essential travel tips will help you feel at ease while having the best LA experience.

Getting To and From LAX

Los Angeles International Airport (LAX) serves as one of America’s busiest airports, with terminals scattered across two miles. The sprawling layout can confuse first-time visitors, but shuttle buses connect all terminals.

Airport Transportation: Rideshare pickup moved to the LAX-it lot, requiring shuttle from terminals. The consolidated pickup area reduces terminal congestion but adds 10-15 minutes. Expect $35-60 to Hollywood, $25-45 to Santa Monica, $60-80 to Pasadena. The FlyAway bus connects LAX to Union Station downtown for $10. Rental cars require a shuttle to the consolidated facility off-airport.

Alternative Airports: Burbank Airport (BUR) serves the Valley and Pasadena with easier access and less congestion. Long Beach Airport (LGB) and John Wayne Airport (SNA) in Orange County offer additional options depending on your destination.

Rental Cars: All major companies operate from LAX’s consolidated facility. Book ahead for better rates. Expect $40-100 daily, depending on vehicle and season. Navigation apps are essential for LA driving. Download offline maps in case cell service drops.

Packing for Los Angeles

Year-Round Essentials: Sunglasses, sunscreen, layers for temperature variations between neighborhoods, comfortable walking shoes, and a light jacket for evening coastal fog. LA’s Mediterranean climate means pleasant weather year-round, but mornings can be cool.

Spring/Summer (April-September): Perfect beach weather with 70-85°F temperatures. Pack swimsuit, beach gear, and sun protection. June Gloom brings morning fog to the coast, burning off by afternoon. Concerts and festivals fill the summer calendar, so book ahead.

Fall/Winter (October-March): Mild temperatures 60-75°F with occasional rain, November through March. Pack a light jacket and layers. Santa Ana winds bring hot, dry conditions randomly. Winter is actually LA’s wet season, though rain remains infrequent compared to other cities.

Practical Los Angeles Preparation

Traffic Reality: LA traffic is legendary for good reason. Plan extra time for everything. Rush hours extend from 6-10 AM and 3-7 PM, but congestion persists throughout the day. Fridays are the worst for beach-bound traffic. Use Google Maps or Waze for real-time routing.

Parking Challenges: Read parking signs carefully as restrictions vary block by block. Street sweeping tickets cost $73+. Valet parking is common at restaurants and hotels. Beach parking fills early summer weekends. Downtown parking garages charge $10-30 daily.

Costs: LA isn’t cheap. Expect $15-30 for casual meals, $50-100 for nice dinners, $7-10 for craft beers, and $12-18 for cocktails. Theme park tickets cost $100-150+. Activities range from free museum days to $200+ studio tours.

Reservations: Book popular restaurants weeks ahead, especially for weekend dinners. The Broad Museum’s Infinity Mirrors require advance reservations. Studio tours sell out during peak seasons. Theme parks offer cheaper tickets purchased online ahead of the visit.

Neighborhood Distances: LA’s size deceives. Santa Monica to Pasadena takes 60-90 minutes despite being just 25 miles. Downtown to Malibu requires 45-75 minutes. Plan fewer activities per day than you think possible. The journey between spots eats time.

More Questions About Your Los Angeles Trip?

Planning an LA adventure involves countless details, and we’re here to help. Whether you need recommendations for group-friendly properties, locations near beaches or studios, or homes with specific amenities, our team can answer questions and guide your booking process.

Contact us via:

  • Email: experience@avantstay.com
  • Phone: (833) 442-8268

Your Hollywood Story Starts Here

Palm trees silhouetted against pink sunsets, the Hollywood Sign glowing white on the hillside, waves crashing at Malibu’s El Matador Beach. 

Studio backlots where movie magic happens, street tacos that taste better than any restaurant, endless sunshine warming your skin while ocean breezes cool the air.

The memories you create here will absolutely become the stories you’ll tell for years. Los Angeles is the perfect place for movie fans, beach lovers, families, and adventurers seeking California dreaming at its finest.

Ready to book your stay? Browse our top vacation rentals in Los Angeles today.

Top 8 VRBO Park City Homes with Easy Ski-In/Ski-Out Access

Winter is coming to Park City! This world-famous ski destination has become the go-to spot for amazing powder, incredible mountain views, and unforgettable ski vacations.

Wake up to fresh snow outside your window, grab your skis, and be on the slopes in just minutes. That’s what makes Park City so special – you can spend more time skiing and less time traveling to the mountain.

Here’s some exciting news – you can book these amazing homes right now for the upcoming winter and holiday season this December! While most people wait until the last minute, booking early means you get the best homes at the best prices. 

Ready for the ultimate ski vacation? We’ve picked 8 fantastic VRBO Park City homes that put you close to the action with easy ski access to Park City Mountain Resort and Deer Valley Resort.

Best Ski-In/Ski-Out VRBO Park City Homes

These homes aren’t just places to crash before or after skiing, but they’re your mountain headquarters where every morning starts with excitement and every evening ends with cozy fireside or hot tub relaxation.

Silver Sun

Can accommodate up to 14 Guests | 5 beds and 5 baths

Silver Sun puts you right in the heart of Deer Valley’s action with easy access to some of Utah’s best skiing. After a day on the slopes, you can relax and enjoy stunning mountain views from your own private space. 

Best House Features:

  • Easy walk to Deer Valley’s Northside lift for quick mountain access
  • Spacious layout with two living spaces, a workstation, a private hot tub, and a fire pit
  • Just a two-minute drive from the spas and restaurants at Montage

Why You’ll Love Silver Sun: The location is convenient and comfortable, letting you enjoy world-class skiing without the hassle of long commutes to the mountain. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Big gorgeous home fully stacked with the amenities. Ski out location was across the street up ~30 steps and then you could ski to the lift (mostly flat). Skiing back required some uphill pushing but nothing that wasn’t easily doable by any skier. The Avant team was highly responsive to every request, including getting the driveway cleared quickly when the heaters didn’t melt the fresh snow. We would be happy to return on another trip! The owners had a Peloton available for guest use, but our group would have loved more of a workout area with other equipment.” – Gregory G.

👉 Book on VRBO | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

The Ridge at Canyons Village

Can accommodate up to 15 Guests | 5 beds and 5 baths

Sitting in the heart of Canyons Village, The Ridge at Canyons Village offers the perfect home base for your Park City Mountain adventure. This spacious retreat puts you within walking distance of lifts and all the mountain action, making it a haven for skiing and snowboarding. 

Best House Features:

  • Ski In, Ski Out to Red Pine Gondola and Orange Bubble Express
  • Private hot tub, ski boot, glove dryer, fireplace, and small desk area available
  • Easy access to Canyons Village Connect shuttle and year-round activities

Why You’ll Love The Ridge at Canyons Village: The home’s layout is ideal for friend groups or multiple families who want to spread out and relax after epic powder days.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“This house was incredible and a short walk to the canyon side of park city. We were able to extend our stay an extra day which was great for our group. We will definitely stay here again if it’s available.” – Jennifer F. 

👉 Book on VRBO | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Slopewatch

Can accommodate up to 8 Guests | 4 beds and 4 baths

Located in Canyons Village at Park City Mountain Resort, Slopewatch lives up to its name by putting you right where all the ski action happens. It’s perfect for families and groups who want convenience without the premium price of true ski-in/ski-out properties.

Key Features:

  • Ski runs that go directly from the back door, and a free ride-share service
  • Arcade machine, private hot tub, 2 fireplaces, a BBQ grill, and a balcony
  • Part of Apex Residences and has access to the community pool and hot tub

Why You’ll Love Slopewatch: This 3-story townhome features high vaulted ceilings and big windows while being conveniently located at the Canyons Village base.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Our stay with AvantStay in Park City was great. We were a family of 8 and our dog. The townhome is beautiful and had plenty of room for all of us. The kitchen was great for cooking and had all the essentials we needed. The place was super clean and the welcome treats were very nice. We will be staying again!”  – Kristine K. 

👉 Book on VRBO | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Silverado

Can accommodate up to 11 Guests | 4 beds and 4 baths

If you’re coming with more people in your crew, head to Silverado. A bigger home that makes your ski vacation feel extra special. This beautiful 3-story condominium is a ski-in/ski-out offering premium amenities for après-ski relaxation. 

Best House Features:

  • Access to Apex Clubhouse amenities such as the pool and hot tub
  • Mud room on the ski access entryway & garage, private hot tub, 2 fireplaces
  • Easy access to Canyons Village lifts via free shuttle service

Why You’ll Love Silverado: The Park City Transit app promotes easy transportation, as its bus does come directly to this building.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“We enjoyed our stay immensely. The home was at a beautiful location with an amazing view. It was very easy to ski out of and was well appointed for our party of six people. We used the Jacuzzi daily and that was awesome. The entertainment equipment in each room was fantastic. The kitchen is well appointed and comes with all the seasonings you need to cook. We will definitely stay again. Over all we enjoyed how spacious it was. Having two sets of washer and dryer wash great. It really was excellent.” – Kristine K. 

👉 Book on VRBO | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Woodside Getaway

Can accommodate up to 6 Guests | 3 beds and 2 baths

A charming, remodeled historic home on Woodside Avenue, Woodside Getaway is the cozy mountain hideaway Park City daydreams are made of. You’re a short walk from both the base of Park City Mountain Resort and Main Street, so slopes, shops, and dinner never require the car keys.

Best House Features:

  • Vaulted ceilings, flood of natural light, and a fireplace made for post-slope movie nights
  • Private hot tub on the back patio, plus a four-poster king primary suite with walkout balcony
  • Newly updated chef’s kitchen with stainless steel appliances; pack n’ play and high chair available

Why You’ll Love Woodside Getaway: It delivers slopes-and-downtown convenience with genuine historic Old Town character — the kind of cozy that modern builds can’t fake.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

”We’ve stayed at this house twice now and both times were great! The pictures matched the house and getting into the house was very easy. Quick walk into town. AvantStay was very repsonsive when we had a question. The kitchen was well stocked.
As others mentioned, the upstaris bedroom gets warm, even in the cooler months, we slept comfortably with the windows open.
– Marissa

👉 Book on VRBO | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Juniper Landing 3 Bedroom

Can accommodate up to 7 Guests | 3 beds and 3 baths

Juniper Landing 3 Bedroom provides all of the touches that make for the perfect mountain getaway. Located in the Canyons Village at Park City Mountain Resort, this home offers ski convenience, family and group-friendly amenities, and easy shuttle access to the lifts. 

Best House Features:

  • Community access includes a lap pool, hot tub, fire pits, and a fully equipped gym
  • Fireplace, gas grill, board games, pack n play & high chair available upon request
  • Within walking distance of the Frostwood Gondola

Why You’ll Love Juniper Landing: Adults and kids can have fun and adventure with the home’s access to lots of community amenities.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“The home was perfect for our family spring break ski trip. Canyons has always been one of our favorite places. This home made it even more special. The ski rack, boot dryer, and bench in the garage were a nice touch. Having the pool and hot tub directly across the street was very convenient. The kitchen was equipped with everything we would ever need. The crockpot was a nice surprise! When we return to the Canyons we will definitely stay here again! Thank you!” – Ramil C. 

👉 Book on VRBO | Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Resort Plaza

Located at the base of Park City Mountain Resort, Resort Plaza has some of the best shops, restaurants, and activities that your whole group will enjoy. Depending on which room you choose, our homey mountain condos are available on VRBO as follows: 

Best Home Features:

  • There are elevators available for use, and balconies to unwind
  • Access to the community pool and hot tub at The Lodge in the Mountain Village building
  • Within 50 yards of the Payday lift, a high-speed quad lift

Why You’ll Love Resort Plaza: The unbeatable activities, either for summer or winter, make this ideal for those who want to spend as much time as possible on the incredible terrains.

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Great ski-out ski-in location with amazing views on both sides. It was great watching the lift start in the morning as we had our coffee, knowing we’d be out there soon. The condo was well appointed and had everything we needed for cooking, eating, socializing, and taking advantage of the pool and hot tub (pool towels!). Steps from the slopes and an easy walk to town. Ski rentals in the building. The mix of bed combinations (queens, full, singles,…) across the rooms was perfect for our family vacation. We had a wonderful time.” – Geoffroy DC. 

👉 Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Mont Cervin

Located in the exclusive Silver Lake Village, Mont Cervin condos are included in the Coopers Collection, where each unit features the best amenities and views. It is ski-in/ski-out at Deer Valley Resort and has easy ski access to some of Utah’s most famous skiing slopes. 

Depending on which unit you choose, our luxury condos are available on VRBO as follows:

Best Home Features:

  • Short walk to Upper Deer Valley lifts through beautiful Silver Lake Village
  • Private outdoor hot tub with complimentary heating and fireplaces
  • Operational elevator and wheelchair accessible, ski storage is also available

Why You’ll Love Mont Cervin: You can take advantage of the easy transportation to the Old Town Transit Hub on Main Street with the free #4 Orange Bus. 

What Our Past Guests Are Saying:

“Awesome spot with easy access to the lifts and Silver Lake Lodge. Unit is slightly dated but very well maintained and perfectly clean. Functional kitchen, decently stocked. Would definitely stay again if skiing at Deer Valley.” – Jordyn B. 

You may also book multiple Mont Cervin condos, as a 2-unit, 4-unit, or full buyout. For more information, call us via our guest support line at (833) 442-8268 or send us an email to experience@avantstay.com

👉 Book with AvantStay (Best Price!)

Pick the Right Location and Plan Your Perfect Trip

Mountain Village and Canyons Village put you at the base of Park City Mountain Resort, while Silver Lake Village gives you direct access to Deer Valley. Some homes offer true ski-in/ski-out access, while others provide easy shuttle or walking access to lifts. 

Book early for winter 2025 to 2026. Deer Valley’s expansion project adds significant new terrain, and with limited lodging, early booking means better selection and lower prices. Holiday weeks fill up first, too, followed by January weekends during Sundance.

Experience Utah’s famous powder snow this holiday season and start planning the mountain vacation you’ve been dreaming about. If you need more activity ideas to add to your itinerary, our 35 best things to do in Park City cover everything from outdoor adventures to cultural attractions year-round.

About Park City, Utah

Park City sits at 7,000 feet in Utah’s Wasatch Mountains and gets over 300 inches of snow each year. Two major resorts call this place home. Park City Mountain Resort covers over 7,300 acres with 348 trails, while Deer Valley Resort focuses on luxury groomed runs and limits daily skiers so you never feel crowded.

When to Visit and What to Expect

The ski season runs from late November through April, with January and February bringing the deepest powder. Historic Main Street offers dozens of restaurants, bars, and shops within walking distance of the resorts. Summer brings mountain biking, hiking, zip lining, and the alpine slide when ski lifts turn into scenic rides. For timing your visit perfectly, check out our guide on the best time to visit Park City.

Getting Around the Ski Town

Park City runs free shuttle buses connecting the resorts, downtown, and many neighborhoods. The town gets busy during ski season (especially holidays and the Sundance Film Festival in January), while summer offers a more relaxed pace. Take note that most restaurants close between 2-5 PM, and altitude can affect people differently, so drink lots of water on your first day.

Why Park City Should Be Your Next Destination

Park City stands out among mountain destinations for good reasons. Especially with the fact that this Utah town is just 30 minutes from a major airport. If you’re planning a winter ski trip or summer mountain adventure, here’s what makes Park City worth your time:

  • Amazing Skiing and Snowboarding: Park City is home to top ski resorts like Deer Valley and Park City Mountain. It offers many runs for all skill levels.
  • Fun Summer Activities: In summer, enjoy hiking, mountain biking, alpine coasters, zip lines, and scenic chairlift rides.
  • Charming Main Street: Stroll down Historic Main Street to find unique shops, art galleries, restaurants, and lively nightlife.
  • Exciting Events: Don’t miss the Sundance Film Festival, concerts, and Utah Olympic Park for great cultural experiences.
  • Easy to Reach: Just 30 minutes from Salt Lake City International Airport, Park City is easy to access for any trip.
  • Beautiful Mountain Scenery: The town is surrounded by stunning mountains, making it a perfect mix of adventure and natural beauty.

Related: Park City Airbnbs That You Can Book for Any Time of the Year

Make This Winter Unforgettable

Don’t wait until the snow starts falling to book your Park City ski vacation. These VRBO homes with easy ski access offer everything you need for an unforgettable winter getaway. 

With Park City’s ski season typically running from late November through April, you have months of incredible skiing ahead. Your perfect ski home is waiting, and all you need to do is choose your favorite and start counting down the days until you’re carving fresh tracks on Park City’s world-famous slopes.

Secure your ski paradise and book your dream VRBO Park City home today with AvantStay!

The Best 10 Instagram-Worthy Spots in the Smokies

The Smoky Mountains have plenty to offer – from gorgeous hikes in Gatlinburg to sightseeing in Pigeon Forge, from sampling Tennessee moonshine to, of course, experiencing Dollywood. In this article, we’ll cover the best vacation homes to book for an IG-worthy photoshoot without even leaving the house. We do understand that you’ve got lots to explore while you’re there, too, so we also included cute local spots and hikes to check out when you’re looking for a change of scenery.

pine rise in the smoky mountains

Pine Rise

Pine Rise is a four-story tall cabin in Sevierville complete with 10 rooms, two kitchens, two hot tubs, and decks on each level. This home also has its own movie theater, but when you’re looking to explore more of the outdoors, we recommend making the short drive to Anakeesta. This outdoor theme park has activities for the whole crew: including a rollercoaster, treetop skywalk, restaurants, ziplining, and plenty of photo ops along the way.

Buckskin

Buckskin is an absolute beast — 12 bedrooms, room for 36, and the ability to fit the entire group chat with seats to spare. The money shot here is the great room: soaring wood-beamed ceilings, expansive windows framing the mountains, and a stone fireplace doing half the styling work for you. Go wide on the indoor pool, or catch golden hour from the porch swing with the peaks behind you and a hot tub soak waiting. For a “phone eats first” moment, head for good ole’ country cooking at Five Oaks Farm Kitchen.

duval in the smoky mountains

Duval

Came for Duval’s outdoor seating, and stayed for the heated indoor pool with beach entry. We recommend posing under the pool’s waterfall – dim the lights to let the pool’s LEDs really shine for an ambiance like no other. For a different angle, check out the Gatlinburg Space Needle located in the downtown strip.

chestnut smoky mountain cabin rental

Chestnut

Going nuts for the views at Chestnut. Our favorite photo-op in this house has to be in the living room. Post up on the cozy couch where the panoramic views of the mountains behind you are sure to shine on your IG feed. Reach new heights in your photo game with a trip to the Gatlinburg SkyBridge, where you’ll experience the world’s longest pedestrian bridge (on top of great shots)!

little sparrow smoky mountain cabin rental

Little Sparrow

Come to Little Sparrow for a traditional cabin charm with a modern twist. This stay has all you need for a shoot with its pool, hot tub, and elevated views that make for a great backdrop. Fancy a shot in the standing tub? Go off. For a daytime adventure, head to NC to hike the (half-mile) highest point along the Appalachian Trail, Clingman’s Dome.

Wilder

wilder smoky mountain cabin rental

This Smoky Mountain retreat is a winner with its indoor pool, hot tub overlooking the Smokies, and large deck perfect for finding the ideal lighting. Wilder is a home that not only delivers in amenities but also puts you in a prime location for a trip to Pigeon Forge, where you can visit The Old Mill for pics by the waterfall and grist mill.

foxview smoky mountain cabin rental

Foxview

Become one with nature at Foxview – a Sevierville stay where the photo-ops are endless. Post up by the deck with stunning views of the forest around you. Put your comfiest clothes on and get a shot sipping hot cocoa by the indoor fireplace. If you’re looking for a new backdrop, head to Crave Golf Club and pose by their candy-infused mural.

tennessee blue smoky mountain luxury cabin rental

Overlook Lodge

Glass, light, and one seriously scroll-stopping plunge pool — Overlook Lodge is the Smokies’ most photogenic new build. Set your golden-hour shot at the lower deck’s plunge pool, where the water seems to spill straight into the ridgeline behind you. Inside, the floor-to-ceiling windows turn every corner of the great room into soft-light heaven, and the primary suite’s soaking tub is begging for a steamy self-care post. Cap the night with a firepit frame under the stars, and grab a bottle from Sugarlands Distilling Company down the mountain for a proper moonshine cheers on the upper deck.

Copperhead

Say hello to your new favorite getaway home. Copperhead is a modern Smoky Mountain stay complete with this incredible pool, hot tub, and great natural light for all the pics you’re about to take. Cozy up by the fireplace, or have an amusement-filled day at Dollywood.

hickory ridge smoky mountain cabin rental

Hickory Ridge

Here’s where to stay in the Smokies if you’ve got a drone. Hickory Ridge is nestled in the trees of Gatlinburg and comes with three large balconies, incomparable views, two hot tubs, and all the porch-sitting you can handle. When you’re ready to put your hiking boots on, head to Porters Creek Trail for beautiful waterfalls, a historic cemetery (if that’s your vibe), and a historic farm site.